US20040092562A1 - Methods for treating inflammatory conditions or inhibiting JNK - Google Patents
Methods for treating inflammatory conditions or inhibiting JNK Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20040092562A1 US20040092562A1 US10/407,107 US40710703A US2004092562A1 US 20040092562 A1 US20040092562 A1 US 20040092562A1 US 40710703 A US40710703 A US 40710703A US 2004092562 A1 US2004092562 A1 US 2004092562A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- substituent
- formula
- compound
- alkyl
- mono
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 0 O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2/C2=N/*C3=CC=CC1=C32 Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2/C2=N/*C3=CC=CC1=C32 0.000 description 41
- PAMIQIKDUOTOBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN1CCCCC1 Chemical compound CN1CCCCC1 PAMIQIKDUOTOBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FQQWECADQLHUGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2/C2=N/S(=O)C3=CC=CC1=C32 Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2/C2=N/S(=O)C3=CC=CC1=C32 FQQWECADQLHUGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UKRGBHMJHFYKFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2/C2=N/SC3=CC=CC1=C32 Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2/C2=N/SC3=CC=CC1=C32 UKRGBHMJHFYKFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN1CCOCC1 Chemical compound CN1CCOCC1 SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ACNLBROFPWECJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2/C2=N/CC3=CC=CC1=C32 Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2/C2=N/CC3=CC=CC1=C32 ACNLBROFPWECJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ABCBOHFDOLSGPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2/C2=N/OC3=CC=CC1=C32 Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2/C2=N/OC3=CC=CC1=C32 ABCBOHFDOLSGPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DLUYDZAUXWDTNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2/C2=N/S(=O)(=O)C3=CC=CC1=C32 Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2/C2=N/S(=O)(=O)C3=CC=CC1=C32 DLUYDZAUXWDTNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FRKZMMBGPCOIRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N BrC(Br)C1=CC=C2CC3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC1=C23.CC(=O)CC1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC1=C23.CC(=O)NC1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC1=C23.CC(C)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(NC3=CC=CC(C(F)(F)F)=C3)C3=C1/C2=N\S3.CC1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC1=C23.CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC1=C23.NC(=O)C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC1=C23.NC1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC1=C23.O=C(C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC1=C23.O=C(CC1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC1=C23)C1=CC=CC=C1.O=C(OCCO)C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC1=C23.O=C1C2=CC=C(NC3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C2/C(=N\S3)C2=C1C=CC=C2 Chemical compound BrC(Br)C1=CC=C2CC3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC1=C23.CC(=O)CC1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC1=C23.CC(=O)NC1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC1=C23.CC(C)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(NC3=CC=CC(C(F)(F)F)=C3)C3=C1/C2=N\S3.CC1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC1=C23.CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC1=C23.NC(=O)C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC1=C23.NC1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC1=C23.O=C(C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC1=C23.O=C(CC1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC1=C23)C1=CC=CC=C1.O=C(OCCO)C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC1=C23.O=C1C2=CC=C(NC3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C2/C(=N\S3)C2=C1C=CC=C2 FRKZMMBGPCOIRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AQADRZVKUOADQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.CC1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)C(=O)C2=CC=C1.O=C1C2=CC=CC3=C2/C(=N\S3)C2=C1C=CC=C2 Chemical compound C.CC1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)C(=O)C2=CC=C1.O=C1C2=CC=CC3=C2/C(=N\S3)C2=C1C=CC=C2 AQADRZVKUOADQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QQKUMXLQKNCNHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.O=C1C2=CC=CC3=C2/C(=N\S3)C2=C1C=CC=C2.O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=CC=C2 Chemical compound C.O=C1C2=CC=CC3=C2/C(=N\S3)C2=C1C=CC=C2.O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=CC=C2 QQKUMXLQKNCNHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AFZKTLCAQTYBGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.CCC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.CCCC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.CCCCC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.O=C(CCCl)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.O=C(CCl)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3)C1=CC=CC=C1.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C2=O)C1=C(OC2=NC(NC3=C4C(=O)C5=CC=CC=C5C(=O)C4=C4NC5=CC=CC=C5C(=O)C4=C3)=NC(NC3=C4C(=O)C5=C6C(=CC=C5)S/N=C\6C4=CC=C3)=N2)C=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.CCC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.CCCC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.CCCCC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.O=C(CCCl)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.O=C(CCl)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3)C1=CC=CC=C1.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C2=O)C1=C(OC2=NC(NC3=C4C(=O)C5=CC=CC=C5C(=O)C4=C4NC5=CC=CC=C5C(=O)C4=C3)=NC(NC3=C4C(=O)C5=C6C(=CC=C5)S/N=C\6C4=CC=C3)=N2)C=CC=C1 AFZKTLCAQTYBGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WWVJPDGHMYRVIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.CCOC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.CON(C)CCC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.O=C(C=CC1=CC=CC=C1)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.O=C(CCC1=CC=CC=C1)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.O=C(CCCCl)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3)C1=C(C(=O)OCCO)C=CC=C1.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3)NS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3)OCCO.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3)OCCOC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.CCOC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.CON(C)CCC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.O=C(C=CC1=CC=CC=C1)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.O=C(CCC1=CC=CC=C1)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.O=C(CCCCl)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3)C1=C(C(=O)OCCO)C=CC=C1.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3)NS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3)OCCO.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3)OCCOC1=CC=CC=C1 WWVJPDGHMYRVIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HKJQWOPMNWYUSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C1=CC=C(OC2=NC(NC3=C4C(=O)C5=C6C(=NS/C6=C/C=C\5)C4=CC=C3)=NC(NC3=C4C(=O)C5=C6C(=CC=C5)S/N=C\6C4=CC=C3)=N2)C=C1)C1=CC=C(OC2=NC(NC3=C4C(=O)C5=C6C(=CC=C5)S/N=C\6C4=CC=C3)=NC(NC3=C4C(=O)C5=C6C(=NS/C6=C/C=C\5)C4=CC=C3)=N2)C=C1.CC1=C(NC2=C3C(=O)C4=C5C(=NS/C5=C/C=C\4)C3=CC=C2)C=C(C(=O)C2=C(NC3=C4C(=O)C5=C6C(=CC=C5)S/N=C\6C4=CC=C3)C=C(NC3=C4C(=O)C5=C6C(=CC=C5)S/N=C\6C4=CC=C3)C=C2)C=C1NC1=C2C(=O)C3=C4C(=CC=C3)S/N=C\4C2=CC=C1.O=C(C1=CC=C(NC2=C3C(=O)C4=C5C(=NS/C5=C/C=C\4)C3=CC=C2)C=C1)C1=C(NC2=C3CC4=C5C(=CC=C4)S/N=C\5C3=CC=C2)C=C(NC2=C3C(=O)C4=C5C(=CC=C4)S/N=C\5C3=CC=C2)C=C1.O=C(C1=CC=C(NC2=C3C(=O)C4=C5C(=NS/C5=C/C=C\4)C3=CC=C2)C=C1)C1=CC=C(NC2=C3C(=O)C4=C5C(=CC=C4)S/N=C\5C3=CC=C2)C=C1NC1=C2C(=O)C3=C4C(=CC=C3)S/N=C\4C2=CC=C1.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3)C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)C(=O)C2=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C1=CC=C(OC2=NC(NC3=C4C(=O)C5=C6C(=NS/C6=C/C=C\5)C4=CC=C3)=NC(NC3=C4C(=O)C5=C6C(=CC=C5)S/N=C\6C4=CC=C3)=N2)C=C1)C1=CC=C(OC2=NC(NC3=C4C(=O)C5=C6C(=CC=C5)S/N=C\6C4=CC=C3)=NC(NC3=C4C(=O)C5=C6C(=NS/C6=C/C=C\5)C4=CC=C3)=N2)C=C1.CC1=C(NC2=C3C(=O)C4=C5C(=NS/C5=C/C=C\4)C3=CC=C2)C=C(C(=O)C2=C(NC3=C4C(=O)C5=C6C(=CC=C5)S/N=C\6C4=CC=C3)C=C(NC3=C4C(=O)C5=C6C(=CC=C5)S/N=C\6C4=CC=C3)C=C2)C=C1NC1=C2C(=O)C3=C4C(=CC=C3)S/N=C\4C2=CC=C1.O=C(C1=CC=C(NC2=C3C(=O)C4=C5C(=NS/C5=C/C=C\4)C3=CC=C2)C=C1)C1=C(NC2=C3CC4=C5C(=CC=C4)S/N=C\5C3=CC=C2)C=C(NC2=C3C(=O)C4=C5C(=CC=C4)S/N=C\5C3=CC=C2)C=C1.O=C(C1=CC=C(NC2=C3C(=O)C4=C5C(=NS/C5=C/C=C\4)C3=CC=C2)C=C1)C1=CC=C(NC2=C3C(=O)C4=C5C(=CC=C4)S/N=C\5C3=CC=C2)C=C1NC1=C2C(=O)C3=C4C(=CC=C3)S/N=C\4C2=CC=C1.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3)C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)C(=O)C2=C1 HKJQWOPMNWYUSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HGQORBTZHDTQRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)=O.CC1=CC=C(NC2=C3C(=O)C4=C(C=CC=C4)/C4=N/SC(=C34)C=C2)C=C1.CNC1=CC=C(NC2=C3C(=O)C4=C(C=CC=C4)/C4=N/SC(=C34)C=C2)C=C1.COC1=CC=C(NC2=C3C(=O)C4=C(C=CC=C4)/C4=N/SC(=C34)C=C2)C=C1.NC1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC(=C23)C=C1.O=C(Cl)C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC1=C23.O=C(OCCO)C1=C(NC2=C3C(=O)C4=C(C=CC=C4)/C4=N/SC(=C34)C=C2)C=CC=C1.O=C1C2=C(C=CC=C2)/C2=N/SC3=C2C1=C(NC1=CC=C(Br)C=C1)C=C3.O=C1C2=C(C=CC=C2)/C2=N/SC3=C2C1=C(NC1=CC=CC=C1)C=C3 Chemical compound CC(C)=O.CC1=CC=C(NC2=C3C(=O)C4=C(C=CC=C4)/C4=N/SC(=C34)C=C2)C=C1.CNC1=CC=C(NC2=C3C(=O)C4=C(C=CC=C4)/C4=N/SC(=C34)C=C2)C=C1.COC1=CC=C(NC2=C3C(=O)C4=C(C=CC=C4)/C4=N/SC(=C34)C=C2)C=C1.NC1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC(=C23)C=C1.O=C(Cl)C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC1=C23.O=C(OCCO)C1=C(NC2=C3C(=O)C4=C(C=CC=C4)/C4=N/SC(=C34)C=C2)C=CC=C1.O=C1C2=C(C=CC=C2)/C2=N/SC3=C2C1=C(NC1=CC=C(Br)C=C1)C=C3.O=C1C2=C(C=CC=C2)/C2=N/SC3=C2C1=C(NC1=CC=CC=C1)C=C3 HGQORBTZHDTQRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RNYPDTGFKMDTIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)COC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.CC(C)OC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.CCCCCCCCOCCOC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.CCCCOCCOC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.CCOC1CCN12C(=O)C1=C(C=C(C(=O)NC3=CC=CC4=C3C(=O)C3=CC=CC5=C3/C4=N\S5)C=C1)C2=O.COCCOC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.NCCCCCCC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3)OCCOC1=CC=CC=C1.O=C(NC1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(NC(=O)c2ccc(C(=O)NC3=CC=CC4=C3C(=O)C3=CC=CC5=C3/C4=N\S5)cc2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)COC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.CC(C)OC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.CCCCCCCCOCCOC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.CCCCOCCOC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.CCOC1CCN12C(=O)C1=C(C=C(C(=O)NC3=CC=CC4=C3C(=O)C3=CC=CC5=C3/C4=N\S5)C=C1)C2=O.COCCOC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.NCCCCCCC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3)OCCOC1=CC=CC=C1.O=C(NC1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(NC(=O)c2ccc(C(=O)NC3=CC=CC4=C3C(=O)C3=CC=CC5=C3/C4=N\S5)cc2)C=C1 RNYPDTGFKMDTIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XRNIXRLBNMOWLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(NC3=CC=CC=C3Cl)C3=C1/C2=N\S3.O=C(NC1=CC2=C(NC3=CC=CC=C3S2)C2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C2=O)C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC1=C23.O=C(NC1=CC=C(C2=NN=C(C3=CC=C(NC(=O)C4=C5S/N=C6/C7=CC=CC=C7C(=O)C(=C56)C=C4)C=C3)O2)C=C1)C1=C2S/N=C3/C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C23)C=C1.O=C(NCC1=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C(CNC(=O)/C2=C/C=C3/C(=O)C4=C(C=CC=C4)C4=NSC2=C43)C(Cl)=C1Cl)C1=C2S/N=C3/C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C23)C=C1.O=C(O)C1=CC=CC(SC2=C3CC4=C(C(=O)C3=CC=C2)C(NC(=O)C2=C3S/N=C5/C6=CC=CC=C6C(=O)C(=C35)C=C2)=CC=C4)=C1.O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C2=C3C1=CC(C1=CC=C4C(=O)C5=C(C=CC=C5)/C5=N/SC1=C45)=C/C3=C/C=C\2.O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C2=NSC3=C(C4=CC=C5C(=O)C6=C(C=CC=C6)/C6=N/SC4=C56)C=CC1=C23.O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2CC2=C1C=CC(C1=CC=C3C(=O)C4=C(C=CC=C4)/C4=N/SC1=C34)=C2 Chemical compound CC(C)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(NC3=CC=CC=C3Cl)C3=C1/C2=N\S3.O=C(NC1=CC2=C(NC3=CC=CC=C3S2)C2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C2=O)C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC1=C23.O=C(NC1=CC=C(C2=NN=C(C3=CC=C(NC(=O)C4=C5S/N=C6/C7=CC=CC=C7C(=O)C(=C56)C=C4)C=C3)O2)C=C1)C1=C2S/N=C3/C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C23)C=C1.O=C(NCC1=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C(CNC(=O)/C2=C/C=C3/C(=O)C4=C(C=CC=C4)C4=NSC2=C43)C(Cl)=C1Cl)C1=C2S/N=C3/C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C23)C=C1.O=C(O)C1=CC=CC(SC2=C3CC4=C(C(=O)C3=CC=C2)C(NC(=O)C2=C3S/N=C5/C6=CC=CC=C6C(=O)C(=C35)C=C2)=CC=C4)=C1.O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C2=C3C1=CC(C1=CC=C4C(=O)C5=C(C=CC=C5)/C5=N/SC1=C45)=C/C3=C/C=C\2.O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C2=NSC3=C(C4=CC=C5C(=O)C6=C(C=CC=C6)/C6=N/SC4=C56)C=CC1=C23.O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2CC2=C1C=CC(C1=CC=C3C(=O)C4=C(C=CC=C4)/C4=N/SC1=C34)=C2 XRNIXRLBNMOWLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSROLXAUINLPSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.CCNC1=CC=C(NC2=C3C(=O)C4=C(C=CC=C4)/C4=N/SC(=C34)C=C2)C=C1.CN(C)C1=C2C(=O)C3=CC=CC4=C3/C(=N\S4)C2=CC=C1.CNC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3)OCCOCC1=CC=CC=C1.O=C(O)C1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=CC(NC1=C3C(=O)C4=C(C=CC=C4)/C4=N/SC(=C34)C=C1)=C2 Chemical compound CC(C)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.CCNC1=CC=C(NC2=C3C(=O)C4=C(C=CC=C4)/C4=N/SC(=C34)C=C2)C=C1.CN(C)C1=C2C(=O)C3=CC=CC4=C3/C(=N\S4)C2=CC=C1.CNC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3)OCCOCC1=CC=CC=C1.O=C(O)C1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3.O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=CC(NC1=C3C(=O)C4=C(C=CC=C4)/C4=N/SC(=C34)C=C1)=C2 LSROLXAUINLPSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FCQXKLLPBRVSQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(CNC(=O)C1=C2S/N=C3/C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C23)C=C1)NC(=O)C1=C2\SN=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C32)/C=C\1.O=C(NC1=CC=C(CC2=CC=C(NC(=O)C3=C4\SN=C5C6=CC=CC=C6C(=O)C(=C54)/C=C\3)C=C2)C=C1)C1=C2S/N=C3/C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C23)C=C1.O=C(NC1=NC(NC(=O)C2=C3\SN=C4C5=CC=CC=C5C(=O)C(=C43)/C=C\2)=CC=C1)C1=C2S/N=C3/C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C23)C=C1.O=C(NC1CCC(CC2CCC(NC(=O)C3=C4\SN=C5C6=CC=CC=C6C(=O)C(=C54)/C=C\3)CC2)CC1)C1=C2S/N=C3/C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C23)C=C1.O=C(NCCCNC(=O)C1=C2\SN=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C32)/C=C\1)C1=C2S/N=C3/C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C23)C=C1.O=C(NCCNC(=O)C1=C2\SN=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C32)/C=C\1)C1=C2S/N=C3/C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C23)C=C1 Chemical compound CC(CNC(=O)C1=C2S/N=C3/C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C23)C=C1)NC(=O)C1=C2\SN=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C32)/C=C\1.O=C(NC1=CC=C(CC2=CC=C(NC(=O)C3=C4\SN=C5C6=CC=CC=C6C(=O)C(=C54)/C=C\3)C=C2)C=C1)C1=C2S/N=C3/C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C23)C=C1.O=C(NC1=NC(NC(=O)C2=C3\SN=C4C5=CC=CC=C5C(=O)C(=C43)/C=C\2)=CC=C1)C1=C2S/N=C3/C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C23)C=C1.O=C(NC1CCC(CC2CCC(NC(=O)C3=C4\SN=C5C6=CC=CC=C6C(=O)C(=C54)/C=C\3)CC2)CC1)C1=C2S/N=C3/C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C23)C=C1.O=C(NCCCNC(=O)C1=C2\SN=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C32)/C=C\1)C1=C2S/N=C3/C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C23)C=C1.O=C(NCCNC(=O)C1=C2\SN=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C32)/C=C\1)C1=C2S/N=C3/C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C23)C=C1 FCQXKLLPBRVSQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYFLGOHNRHXGEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)C(=O)C2=CC=C1.NO.O=C1C2=CC=CC3=C2/C(=N\O3)C2=C1C=CC=C2 Chemical compound CC1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)C(=O)C2=CC=C1.NO.O=C1C2=CC=CC3=C2/C(=N\O3)C2=C1C=CC=C2 AYFLGOHNRHXGEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WZDNZIPXYYGXTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C2C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C(=O)C2=CC=C1.CCC1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)C(=O)C2=CC=C1.N.O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2/C2=N/CC3=C2C1=CC=C3 Chemical compound CC1=C2C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C(=O)C2=CC=C1.CCC1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)C(=O)C2=CC=C1.N.O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2/C2=N/CC3=C2C1=CC=C3 WZDNZIPXYYGXTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DWUVYURRWWSWDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCOCCCN1C(=O)C2=C(C=C(C(=O)NC3=CC=CC4=C3C(=O)C3=CC=CC5=C3/C4=N\S5)C=C2)C1=O.CCOCCCNC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(=O)NC2=C3C(=O)C4=CC=CC5=C4/C(=N\S5)C3=CC=C2)C(C(=O)O)=C1.C[N+]1=CC(C(=O)NC2=CC=CC3=C2C(=O)C2=CC=CC4=C2/C3=N\S4)=CC=C1.O=C(NC1=CC=C(C(=O)NC2=CC=CC3=C2C(=O)C2=CC=CC4=C2/C3=N\S4)C=C1)C1=CC=C(N2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)C2=O)C=C1.O=C(NC1=CC=C(NC2=CC=C(C(=O)NC3=CC=CC4=C3C(=O)C3=CC=CC5=C3/C4=N\S5)C=C2)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3)C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(=O)OC2=O.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3)C1=CN=CC=C1.O=[SH](=O)[O-] Chemical compound CCOCCCN1C(=O)C2=C(C=C(C(=O)NC3=CC=CC4=C3C(=O)C3=CC=CC5=C3/C4=N\S5)C=C2)C1=O.CCOCCCNC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(=O)NC2=C3C(=O)C4=CC=CC5=C4/C(=N\S5)C3=CC=C2)C(C(=O)O)=C1.C[N+]1=CC(C(=O)NC2=CC=CC3=C2C(=O)C2=CC=CC4=C2/C3=N\S4)=CC=C1.O=C(NC1=CC=C(C(=O)NC2=CC=CC3=C2C(=O)C2=CC=CC4=C2/C3=N\S4)C=C1)C1=CC=C(N2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)C2=O)C=C1.O=C(NC1=CC=C(NC2=CC=C(C(=O)NC3=CC=CC4=C3C(=O)C3=CC=CC5=C3/C4=N\S5)C=C2)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3)C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(=O)OC2=O.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3)C1=CN=CC=C1.O=[SH](=O)[O-] DWUVYURRWWSWDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KTFXUIZJTOXFCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCOCCCNC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(=O)NC2=CC=CC3=C2C(=O)C2=CC=CC4=C2/C3=N\S4)C=C1C(=O)O.NC1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C1)C(NC(=O)C1=CC=C2C(=O)C4=C(C=CC=C4)/C4=N/SC1=C24)=CC=C3.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3)C1=CC=C2C(=O)OC(=O)C2=C1.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3)NC1=NC(NC2=C3C(=O)/C4=C/C=C\C5=C4C(=NS5)C3=CC=C2)=NC(OC2=CC3=C(C=CC=C3)C=C2)=N1.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C2=O)C1=C2S/N=C3/C4=C(C=CC=C4)C(=O)C(=C23)C=C1.O=C(O)C1=CC(C(=O)NC2=C3C(=O)C4CCCC5S/N=C(/C3=CC=C2)C54)=CC=C1C(=O)NCO.O=C(O)C1=CC(C(=O)NC2=CC=CC3=C2C(=O)C2=CC=CC4=C2/C3=N\S4)=CC=C1C(=O)NCCCO Chemical compound CCOCCCNC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(=O)NC2=CC=CC3=C2C(=O)C2=CC=CC4=C2/C3=N\S4)C=C1C(=O)O.NC1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C1)C(NC(=O)C1=CC=C2C(=O)C4=C(C=CC=C4)/C4=N/SC1=C24)=CC=C3.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3)C1=CC=C2C(=O)OC(=O)C2=C1.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC3=C1/C2=N\S3)NC1=NC(NC2=C3C(=O)/C4=C/C=C\C5=C4C(=NS5)C3=CC=C2)=NC(OC2=CC3=C(C=CC=C3)C=C2)=N1.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C2=O)C1=C2S/N=C3/C4=C(C=CC=C4)C(=O)C(=C23)C=C1.O=C(O)C1=CC(C(=O)NC2=C3C(=O)C4CCCC5S/N=C(/C3=CC=C2)C54)=CC=C1C(=O)NCO.O=C(O)C1=CC(C(=O)NC2=CC=CC3=C2C(=O)C2=CC=CC4=C2/C3=N\S4)=CC=C1C(=O)NCCCO KTFXUIZJTOXFCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KXRDRDWBGDXVGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN(C)C1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC(=C23)C=C1.CNC1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC(=C23)C=C1.NC1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C1)C(NC(=O)C1=C2SN=C4C5=CC=CC=C5C(=O)C(=C42)C=C1)=CC=C3.NC1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC(=C23)C=C1.O=C(NC1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C1)C(NC(=O)C1=C2SN=C4C5=CC=CC=C5C(=O)C(=C42)C=C1)=CC=C3)C1=C2N=CC=CC2=C2C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C(=O)C2=C1.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC(Cl)=C(Cl)C=C1C2=O)C1=C2SN=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C32)C=C1.O=C(O)C1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC(=C23)C=C1.O=C1C2=C(C=CC=C2)/C2=N/SC3=C2C1=C(NC1=CC2=CC=CC=C=2C=C1)C=C3 Chemical compound CN(C)C1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC(=C23)C=C1.CNC1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC(=C23)C=C1.NC1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C1)C(NC(=O)C1=C2SN=C4C5=CC=CC=C5C(=O)C(=C42)C=C1)=CC=C3.NC1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC(=C23)C=C1.O=C(NC1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C1)C(NC(=O)C1=C2SN=C4C5=CC=CC=C5C(=O)C(=C42)C=C1)=CC=C3)C1=C2N=CC=CC2=C2C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C(=O)C2=C1.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC(Cl)=C(Cl)C=C1C2=O)C1=C2SN=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C32)C=C1.O=C(O)C1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC(=C23)C=C1.O=C1C2=C(C=CC=C2)/C2=N/SC3=C2C1=C(NC1=CC2=CC=CC=C=2C=C1)C=C3 KXRDRDWBGDXVGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NQMRPGCPXVHNQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=C3SN=C4C5=CC=CC=C5C(=O)C(=C43)C=C2)C2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C2=O.O=C(NC1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C1)C(NC(=O)C1=C2\SN=C4C5=CC=CC=C5C(=O)C(=C42)/C=C\1)=CC=C3)C1=C2SN=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C32)C=C1.O=C(NC1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=C3\SN=C4C5=CC=CC=C5C(=O)C(=C43)/C=C\2)C2=C1CC1=CC=CC=C1C2)C1=C2SN=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C32)C=C1.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(S(=O)O)C=C1C2=O)C1=C2SN=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C32)C=C1.O=C(NCC1=CC(CNC(=O)C2=C3\SN=C4C5=CC=CC=C5C(=O)C(=C43)/C=C\2)=CC=C1)C1=C2S/N=C3/C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C23)C=C1.O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C2=NSC3=C(C4=NC5=C(N=C(C6=C7S/N=C8/C9=CC=CC=C9C(=O)C(=C78)C=C6)S5)S4)C=CC1=C23 Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=C3SN=C4C5=CC=CC=C5C(=O)C(=C43)C=C2)C2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C2=O.O=C(NC1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C1)C(NC(=O)C1=C2\SN=C4C5=CC=CC=C5C(=O)C(=C42)/C=C\1)=CC=C3)C1=C2SN=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C32)C=C1.O=C(NC1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=C3\SN=C4C5=CC=CC=C5C(=O)C(=C43)/C=C\2)C2=C1CC1=CC=CC=C1C2)C1=C2SN=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C32)C=C1.O=C(NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(S(=O)O)C=C1C2=O)C1=C2SN=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C32)C=C1.O=C(NCC1=CC(CNC(=O)C2=C3\SN=C4C5=CC=CC=C5C(=O)C(=C43)/C=C\2)=CC=C1)C1=C2S/N=C3/C4=CC=CC=C4C(=O)C(=C23)C=C1.O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C2=NSC3=C(C4=NC5=C(N=C(C6=C7S/N=C8/C9=CC=CC=C9C(=O)C(=C78)C=C6)S5)S4)C=CC1=C23 NQMRPGCPXVHNQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IEOPZUMPHCZMCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N COCC1CCCO1 Chemical compound COCC1CCCO1 IEOPZUMPHCZMCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DUDOXCTVFSIPMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N COCCN1C(=O)C2=C(C=CC=C2)C1=O Chemical compound COCCN1C(=O)C2=C(C=CC=C2)C1=O DUDOXCTVFSIPMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OXUROYGVZCEKQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C(NC1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC(=C23)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound O=C(NC1=C2C(=O)C3=C(C=CC=C3)/C3=N/SC(=C23)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 OXUROYGVZCEKQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MOXPXQQOUULLJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C(NCO)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl.O=C1C2=CC=CC(CNC(=O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl)=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=CC=C2.O=C1C2=CC=CC3=C2/C(=N\C3)C2=C1C=CC=C2.O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=CC=C2 Chemical compound O=C(NCO)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl.O=C1C2=CC=CC(CNC(=O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl)=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=CC=C2.O=C1C2=CC=CC3=C2/C(=N\C3)C2=C1C=CC=C2.O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=CC=C2 MOXPXQQOUULLJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IPUBOINPXSCUSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C1C2=C(C=CC=C2)/C2=N/SC3=C2C1=C(O)C=C3 Chemical compound O=C1C2=C(C=CC=C2)/C2=N/SC3=C2C1=C(O)C=C3 IPUBOINPXSCUSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SEBKDTIFLZPHCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C1C2=CC=CC3=C2/C(=N\S3(=O)=O)C2=C1C=CC=C2.O=C1C2=CC=CC3=C2/C(=N\S3)C2=C1C=CC=C2.O=[Cr](=O)=O Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC3=C2/C(=N\S3(=O)=O)C2=C1C=CC=C2.O=C1C2=CC=CC3=C2/C(=N\S3)C2=C1C=CC=C2.O=[Cr](=O)=O SEBKDTIFLZPHCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DSRGSWAXCWKSGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=Cc1cccc2c1C(c1ccccc1S)=NS2(=O)=O Chemical compound O=Cc1cccc2c1C(c1ccccc1S)=NS2(=O)=O DSRGSWAXCWKSGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D275/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,2-thiazole rings
- C07D275/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,2-thiazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/18—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for pancreatic disorders, e.g. pancreatic enzymes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
- A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
- A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/04—Antipruritics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/04—Drugs for skeletal disorders for non-specific disorders of the connective tissue
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/06—Antigout agents, e.g. antihyperuricemic or uricosuric agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/02—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/08—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
- A61P25/16—Anti-Parkinson drugs
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
- A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P39/00—General protective or antinoxious agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
- A61P7/10—Antioedematous agents; Diuretics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/04—Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
- C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
- C07D417/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
Definitions
- This invention is generally directed to methods for treating or preventing a disease or disorder comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a Jun N-terminal kinase (“JNK”) inhibitor, such as an isothiazoloanthrone, isoxazoloanthrone, isoindolanthrone, or derivative thereof, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- JNK Jun N-terminal kinase
- the Jun N-terminal kinase pathway is activated by exposure of cells to environmental stress or by treatment of cells with pro-inflammatory cytokines.
- Targets of the JNK pathway include the transcription factors c-jun and ATF2 (Whitmarsh A. J., and Davis R. J. J. Mol. Med. 74:589-607, 1996). These transcription factors are members of the basic leucine zipper (bZIP) group that bind as homo- and hetero-dimeric complexes to API and AP-1-like sites in the promoters of many genes (Karin M., Liu Z. G. and Zandi E. Curr Opin Cell Biol 9:240-246, 1997).
- JNK binds to the N-terminal region of c-jun and ATF-2 and phosphorylates two sites within the activation domain of each transcription factor (Hibi M., Lin A., Smeal T., Minden A., Karin M. Genes Dev. 7:2135-2148, 1993; Mohit A. A., Martin M. H., and Miller C. A. Neuron 14:67-75, 199).
- Three JNK enzymes have been identified as products of distinct genes (Hibi et al, supra; Mohit et al., supra).
- Ten different isoforms of JNK have been identified. These represent alternatively spliced forms of three different genes: JNK1, JNK2, and JNK3.
- JNK1 and 2 are ubiquitously expressed in human tissues, whereas JNK3 is selectively expressed in the brain, heart, and testis (Dong, C., Yang, D., Wysk, M., Whitmarsh, A., Davis, R., Flavell, R. Science 270:1-4, 1998).
- Gene transcripts are alternatively spliced to produce four-JNK1 isoforms, four-JNK2 isoforms, and two-JNK3 isoforms.
- JNK1 and 2 are expressed widely in mammalian tissues, whereas JNK3 is expressed almost exclusively in the brain. Selectivity of JNK signaling is achieved via specific interactions of JNK pathway components and by use of scaffold proteins that selectively bind multiple components of the signaling cascade.
- JIP-1 JNK-interacting protein-1
- JNK-interacting protein-1 selectively binds the MAPK module, MLK ⁇ JNKK1 ⁇ JNK. It has no binding affinity for a variety of other MAPK cascade enzymes. Different scaffold proteins are likely to exist for other MAPK signaling cascades to preserve substrate specificity.
- JNKs are activated by dual phosphorylation on Thr-183 and Tyr-185.
- JNKK1 also known as MKK 4
- JNKK2 MKK7
- MKK7 two MAPKK level enzymes
- JNKK2 specifically phosphorylates JNK, whereas JNKK1 can also phosphorylate and activate p38.
- Both JNKK1 and JNKK2 are widely expressed in mammalian tissues. JNKK1 and JNKK2 are activated by the MAPKKK enzymes, MEKK1 and 2 (Lange-Carter C. A., Pleiman C. M., Gardner A. M., Blumer K. J., and Johnson G. L., Science, 260:315-319, 1993; Yan M., Dai J. C., Deak J. C., Kyriakis J. M., Zon L. I., Woodgett J. R., and Templeton D. J., Nature, 372:798-781, 1994). Both MEKK1 and MEKK2 are widely expressed in mammalian tissues.
- Activation of the JNK pathway has been documented in a number of disease settings, providing the rationale for targeting this pathway for drug discovery.
- molecular genetic approaches have validated the pathogenic role of this pathway in several diseases.
- autoimmune and inflammatory diseases arise from the over-activation of the immune system.
- Activated immune cells express many genes encoding inflammatory molecules, including cytokines, growth factors, cell surface receptors, cell adhesion molecules, and degradative enzymes. Many of these genes are regulated by the JNK pathway, through activation of the transcription factors AP-1 and ATF-2, including TNFa, IL-2, E-selectin, and matrix metalloproteinases such as collagenase-1 (Manning A. M.
- Monocytes, tissue macrophages, and tissue mast cells are key sources of TNFa production.
- the JNK pathway regulates TNFa production in bacterial lipopolysaccharide-stimulated macrophages, and in mast cells stimulated through the FceRII receptor (Swantek J. L., Cobb M. H., Geppert T. D., Mol. Cell. Biol., 17:6274-6282, 1997; Ishizuka, T., Tereda N., Gerwins, P., Hamelmann E., Oshiba A., Fanger G. R., Johnson G. L., and Gelfiand E. W., Proc.
- MMPs Matrix metalloproteinases
- MMPs including MMP-3 and MMP-9, type II and IV collagenases
- JNK pathway and AP-1 Gum, R., Wang, H., Lengyel, E., Juarez, J., and Boyd, D., Oncogene, 14:1481-1493, 1997.
- AP-1 AP-1
- T lymphocytes initiates and perpetuates many autoimmune diseases, including asthma, inflammatory bowel disease, and multiple sclerosis.
- the JNK pathway is activated in T cells by antigen stimulation and CD28 receptor co-stimulation and regulates production of the growth factor IL-2 and cellular proliferation (Su B., Jacinto E., Hibi M., Kallunki T., Karin M., Ben-Neriah Y,. Cell, 77:727-736, 1994; Faris M., Kokot N., Lee L., and Nel A. E., J. Biol. Chem., 271:27366-27373, 1996).
- T cells from mice genetically deficient in JNKK1 show decreased proliferation and IL-2 production after CD28 co-stimulation and PMA/Ca2+ ionophore activation, providing important validation for the role of the JNK pathway in these cells (Nishina H., Bachmann M., Oliveria-dos-Santos A. J., et al., J. Exp. Med., 186: 941-953, 1997). It is known that T cells activated by antigen receptor stimulation in the absence of accessory cell-derived co-stimulatory signals lose the capacity to synthesize IL-2, a state called clonal anergy. This is an important process by which auto-reactive T cell populations are eliminated from the peripheral circulation.
- JNK 1 or JNK2 knockout mice develop normally and are phenotypically unremarkable.
- Activated naive CD4+ T cells from these mice fail to produce IL-2 and do not proliferate well (Sabapathy, K, Hu, Y, Kallunki, T, Schreiber, M, David, J-P, Jochum, W, Wagner, E, Karin, M,. Curr Biol 9:116-125, 1999). It is possible to induce T cell differentiation in T cells from these mice, generating Th1 cells (producers of IFN-g and TNF ⁇ ) and Th2 effector cells (producers of IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-10, and IL-13). Deletion of either JNK1 or JNK2 in mice resulted in a selective defect in the ability of Th1 effector cells to express IFNg. This suggests that JNK1 and JNK2 do not have redundant functions in T cells and that they play different roles in the control of cell growth, differentiation, and death. The JNK pathway therefore, is an important point for regulation of T cell responses to antigen.
- Cardiovascular disease accounts for nearly one quarter of total annual deaths worldwide.
- Vascular disorders such as atherosclerosis and restenosis result from dysregulated growth of the vessel wall, restricting blood flow to vital organs.
- the JNK pathway is activated by atherogenic stimuli and regulates local cytokine and growth factor production in vascular cells (Yang, D D, Conze, D, Whitmarsh, A J, et al., Immunity, 9:575, 1998).
- alterations in blood flow, hemodynamic forces, and blood volume lead to JNK activation in vascular endothelium, leading to AP-1 activation and pro-atherosclerotic gene expression (Aspenstrom P., Lindberg U., and Hall A., Curr. Biol.
- Ischemia and ischemia coupled with reperfusion in the heart, kidney, or brain results in cell death and scar formation, which can ultimately lead to congestive heart failure, renal failure, or cerebral dysfunction.
- reperfusion of previously ischemic donor organs results in acute leukocyte-mediated tissue injury and delay of graft function.
- the JNK pathway is activated by ischemia and reperfusion (Li Y., Shyy J., Li S., Lee J., Su B., Karin M., Chien S., Mol. Cell. Biol., 16:5947-5954, 1996), leading to the activation of JNK-responsive genes and leukocyte-mediated tissue damage.
- JNK activation can be either pro- or anti-apoptotic. JNK activation is correlated with enhanced apoptosis in cardiac tissues following ischemia and reperfusion (Pombo C M, Bonventre J V, Avruch J, Woodgett J R, Kyriakis J. M, Force T., J. Biol. Chem. 269:26546-26551, 1994).
- Cancer is characterized by uncontrolled growth, proliferation and migration of cells. Cancer is the second leading cause of death with 500,000 deaths and an estimated 1.3 million new cases in the United States in 1996. The role of signal transduction pathways contributing to cell transformation and cancer is a generally accepted concept. The JNK pathway leading to AP-1 appears to play a critical role in cancer. Expression of c-jun is altered in early lung cancer and may mediate growth factor signaling in non-small cell lung cancer (Yin T., Sandhu G., Wolfgang C. D., Burrier A., Webb R. L., Rigel D. F. Hai T., and Whelan J., J. Biol. Chem. 272:19943-19950, 1997).
- JNK inhibitors may block transformation and tumor cell growth.
- Stroke is the 3 rd leading cause of death and a leading cause of disability in the U.S. Stroke, along with neurodegenerative diseases, such as Alzheimer's (AD) and Parkinson's disease (PD) impose a huge burden on the health care industry by impacting the quality of life of those affected.
- Loss of neuronal cell populations in stroke, AD, or PD underlies the motor and/or cognitive deficiencies in these patient populations.
- the mechanism by which neurons die in response to insult has not been fully elucidated; however, activation of the JNK pathway has been implicated as a major signaling pathway for neuronal apoptosis. (For review see Mielke K. and Herdegen T. Prog. Neurobiol. 61:45-60, 2000).
- JNK3 may be the prevailing kinase mediating neuronal apoptosis.
- disruption of the gene encoding JNK3 in mice confers resistance to kainic acid—induced seizures and subsequent hippocampal neuronal cell death (Yang D. D., Kuan C.-Y., Whitmarsh A. J., Rincon M., Zheng T. S., Davis R. J., Rakic P. and Flavell R. A. Nature 389:865-870, 1997).
- Mounting evidence points to a role for the JNK pathway in neuronal apoptosis. Therefore, selective JNK inhibitors should prevent neuronal cell death observed in disorders and diseases of the CNS.
- TNF- ⁇ -induced Ser 307 phosphorylation was completely prevented by an inhibitor of JNK (Id.). Elevated TNF- ⁇ expression in adipose tissue has also been linked to obesity and insulin resistance (Spiegelman, B. M. et al. J. Biol. Chem. 286(10):6823-6826, 1993). Additional studies have demonstrated that inhibition of the JNK pathway inhibits TNF- ⁇ lipolysis which has been implicated in diseases characterized by insulin resistance (International Publication No. WO 99/53927).
- the present invention relates to methods for treating or preventing an inflammatory condition, a liver disease, a cardiovascular disease, a neurodegenerative disease or cancer, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula I:
- the first or second substituent when present, is at the 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, or 10 position;
- the first and second substituent when present, are independently alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- R 3 and R 4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl.
- the first and second substituent of compounds of Formula I when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- R 3 and R 4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl.
- the present invention further relates to methods for treating or preventing an inflammatory condition, a liver disease, a cardiovascular disease, a neurodegenerative disease or cancer, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula II:
- the first or second substituent when present, is at the 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, or 10 position;
- first and second substituent when present, are independently alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b) (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- R 3 and R 4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, and di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, di-alkylaminoalkyl.
- the first and second substituent of compounds of Formula II when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- R 3 and R 4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl.
- the present invention further relates to methods for treating or preventing an inflammatory condition, a liver disease, a cardiovascular disease, a neurodegenerative disease or cancer, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula III:
- the first or second substituent when present, is at the 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, or 10 position;
- first and second substituent when present, are independently alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c) (d), (e), or (f):
- R 3 and R 4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl;
- the first and second substituent of compounds of Formula III when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- R 3 and R 4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl;
- the present invention further relates to methods for treating or preventing an inflammatory condition, a liver disease, a cardiovascular disease, a neurodegenerative disease or cancer, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula IV:
- first and second substituent when present, are independently alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- R 3 and R 4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl;
- the first and second substituent of compounds of Formula IV when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- R 3 and R 4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl;
- the present invention further relates to methods for treating or preventing an inflammatory condition, a liver disease, a cardiovascular disease, a neurodegenerative disease or cancer, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula V:
- [0058] being (i) monosubstituted and having a first substituent present at the 5, 7, or 9 position, (ii) disubstituted and having a first substituent present at the 5 position and a second substituent present at the 9 position, (iii) disubstituted and having a first substituent present at the 7 position and a second substituent present at the 9 position, or (iv) disubstituted and having a first substituent present at the 5 position and a second substituent present at the 7 position;
- first and second substituent when present, are independently alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- R 3 and R 4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl;
- the first substituent is a group represented by the formula (e) or (f);
- the first and second substituent of compounds of Formula V when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- R 3 and R 4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl;
- the first substituent is a group represented by the formula (e) or (f);
- the compounds of Formulas I-V, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are useful for modulating JNK. Accordingly, the compounds of Formulas I-V, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are useful for treating or preventing a disease associated with the modulation of JNK. Preferably, the compounds of Formulas I-V, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, inhibit JNK.
- the compounds of Formula I-V, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are also useful for treating or preventing an inflammatory condition including, but not limited to: diabetes (such as Type II diabetes, Type I diabetes, diabetes insipidus, diabetes mellitus, maturity-onset diabetes, juvenile diabetes, insulin-dependant diabetes, non-insulin dependant diabetes, malnutrition-related diabetes, ketosis-prone diabetes or ketosis-resistant diabetes); nephropathy (such as glomerulonephritis or acute/chronic kidney failure); obesity (such as hereditary obesity, dietary obesity, hormone related obesity or obesity related to the administration of medication); hearing loss (such as that from otitis externa or acute otitis media); fibrosis related diseases (such as pulmonary interstitial fibrosis, renal fibrosis, cystic fibrosis, liver fibrosis, wound-healing or burn-healing, wherein the burn is a first-, second- or third-degree burn and/or a thermal, chemical or electrical burn
- the compounds of Formula I-V, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are also useful for treating or preventing a liver disease (such as hepatitis, alcohol-induced liver disease, toxin-induced liver disease, steatosis or sclerosis); a cardiovascular disease (such as atherosclerosis, restenosis following angioplasty, left ventricular hypertrophy, myocardial infarction, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or stroke); ischemic damage (such as to the heart, kidney, liver or brain); ischemia-reperfusion injury (such as that caused by transplant, surgical trauma, hypotension, thrombosis or trauma injury); neurodegenerative disease (such as epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, peripheral neuropathies, spinal cord damage, AIDS dementia complex or Parkinson's disease); or cancer (such as cancer of the head, neck, eye, mouth, throat, esophagus, chest, bone, lung, colon, rectum, stomach, prostate, breast
- the present methods for treating or preventing further comprise the administration of an effective amount of another therapeutic agent useful for treating or preventing the diseases or disorders disclosed herein.
- the time in which the therapeutic effect of the other therapeutic agent is exerted overlaps with the time in which the therapeutic effect of the compound of Formula I-V, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, is exerted.
- the invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of Formula I-V, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
- compositions comprising:
- R 0 is —O—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 — or —CH 2 —;
- the compound being (i) unsubstituted, (ii) monosubstituted and having a first substituent, or (iii) disubstituted and having a first substituent and a second substituent;
- the first or second substituent when present, is at the 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, or 10 position, wherein the first and second substituent, when present, are independently alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- R 3 and R 4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- the first or second substituent of compounds of Formula VI when present, is at the 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, or 10 position, wherein the first and second substituent, when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- R 3 and R 4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl.
- compositions comprising a compound of formula VI are useful for modulating JNK. Accordingly, the compositions comprising a compound of formula VI are useful for treating or preventing a disease or disorder associated with the inhibition of JNK.
- the compositions comprising a compound of formula VI are also useful for treating or preventing an inflammatory condition including, but not limited to: diabetes (such as Type II diabetes, Type I diabetes, diabetes insipidus, diabetes mellitus, maturity-onset diabetes, juvenile diabetes, insulin-dependant diabetes, non-insulin dependant diabetes, malnutrition-related diabetes, ketosis-prone diabetes or ketosis-resistant diabetes); nephropathy (such as glomerulonephritis or acute/chronic kidney failure); obesity (such as hereditary obesity, dietary obesity, hormone related obesity or obesity related to the administration of medication); hearing loss (such as that from otitis externa or acute otitis media); fibrosis related diseases (such as pulmonary interstitial fibrosis, renal fibrosis, cystic fibro
- the compounds of Formula I-V, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are also useful for treating or preventing a liver disease (such as hepatitis, alcohol-induced liver disease, toxin-induced liver disease, steatosis or sclerosis); a cardiovascular disease (such as atherosclerosis, restenosis following angioplasty, left ventricular hypertrophy, myocardial infarction, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or stroke); ischemic damage (such as to the heart, kidney, liver or brain); ischemia-reperfusion injury (such as that caused by transplant, surgical trauma, hypotension, thrombosis or trauma injury); neurodegenerative disease (such as epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, peripheral neuropathies, spinal cord damage, AIDS dementia complex or Parkinson's disease); or cancer (such as cancer of the head, neck, eye, mouth, throat, esophagus, chest, bone, lung, colon, rectum, stomach, prostate, breast
- the present methods for treating or preventing further comprise the administration of an effective amount of another therapeutic agent useful for treating or preventing the diseases or disorders disclosed herein.
- the time in which the therapeutic effect of the other therapeutic agent is exerted overlaps with the time in which the therapeutic effect of the compound of Formula VI is exerted.
- the invention also relates to methods for treating or preventing a disease associated with inhibition of JNK, which comprises administering to a patient in need thereof a composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- FIG. 1 describes the effect of Compound CC on dopamine uptake in rat ventral mesencephalan neurons following exposure to the neurotoxin 6-OHDA.
- ⁇ represents ventral mesencephalan neurons treated only with 6-OHDA
- - ⁇ - represents ventral mesencephalan neurons treated with 6-OHDA and Compound CC.
- an “effective amount” when used in connection with a Compound of Formula I-VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is an amount effective for treating or preventing an inflammatory condition, a liver disease, a cardiovascular disease, a neurodegenerative disease or cancer.
- a “patient” includes an animal (e.g., cow, horse, sheep, pig, chicken, turkey, quail, cat, dog, mouse, rat, rabbit or guinea pig), in one embodiment a mammal such as a non-primate and a primate (e.g., monkey and human), and in another embodiment a human.
- the patient is an infant, child, adolescent or adult.
- Alkyl means a straight chain or branched, saturated or unsaturated chain having from 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
- Representative saturated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, 2-methyl-1-propyl, 2-methyl-2-propyl, 2-methyl-1-butyl, 3-methyl-1-butyl, 2-methyl-3-butyl, 2,2-dimethyl-1-propyl, 2-methyl-1-pentyl, 3-methyl-1-pentyl, 4-methyl-1-pentyl, 2-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-methyl-2-pentyl, 4-methyl-2-pentyl, 2,2-dimethyl-1-butyl, 3,3-dimethyl-1-butyl, 2-ethyl-1-butyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, and n-he
- alkenyl group means a monovalent unbranched or branched hydrocarbon chain having one or more double bonds therein.
- the double bond of an alkenyl group can be unconjugated or conjugated to another unsaturated group.
- Suitable alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, (C 2 -C 6 )alkenyl groups, such as vinyl, allyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, butadienyl, pentadienyl, hexadienyl, 2-ethylhexenyl, 2-propyl-2-butenyl, 4-(2-methyl-3-butene)-pentenyl.
- An alkenyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted.
- alkynyl group means a monovalent unbranched or branched hydrocarbon chain having one or more triple bonds therein.
- the triple bond of an alkynyl group can be unconjugated or conjugated to another unsaturated group.
- Suitable alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, (C 2 -C 6 )alkynyl groups, such as ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, methylpropynyl, 4-methyl-1-butynyl, 4-propyl-2-pentynyl, and 4-butyl-2-hexynyl.
- An alkynyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted.
- Halogen means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
- Trifluoromethyl means —CF 3 .
- Carboxyl means —COOH.
- Alkoxy means —O-(alkyl), wherein alkyl is defined above.
- Alkoxyalkoxy means —O-(alkyl)-O-(alkyl), wherein each “alkyl” is independently an alkyl group defined above.
- akoxyalkoxy is —OCH 2 OCH 3 or —OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 .
- Alkoxycarbonyl means —C( ⁇ O)O-(alkyl), wherein alkyl is defined above.
- Alkoxycarbonylalkyl means -(alkyl)-C( ⁇ O)O-(alkyl), wherein alkyl is defined above.
- Alkoxyalkyl means -(alkyl)-O-(alkyl), wherein each “alkyl” is independently an alkyl group defined above.
- alkoxyalkyl is —CH 2 OCH 3 or —CH 2 OCH 2 CH 3 .
- Aryl means a carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic group containing from 5 to 10 ring atoms.
- the ring atoms of a carbocyclic aromatic group are all carbon atoms, and include, but are not limited to, phenyl, tolyl, anthracenyl, fluorenyl, indenyl, azulenyl, and naphthyl, as well as benzo-fused carbocyclic moieties such as 5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthyl.
- a carbocyclic aromatic group can be unsubstituted or substituted.
- the carbocyclic aromatic group is a phenyl group.
- heterocyclic aromatic groups contains at least one heteroatom, preferably 1 to 3 heteroatoms, independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
- heterocyclic aromatic groups include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazyl, triazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, (1,2,3,)- and (1,2,4)-triazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, furyl, phienyl, isoxazolyl, indolyl, oxetanyl, azepinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, dioxanyl, thietanyl and oxazolyl.
- a heterocyclic aromatic group can be unsubstitute
- Aryloxy means —O-aryl group, wherein aryl is as defined above.
- An aryloxy group can be unsubstituted or substituted.
- the aryl ring of an aryloxy group is a phenyl group.
- Arylalkyl means -(alkyl)-(aryl), wherein alkyl and aryl are defined above.
- arylalkyl is benzyl (i.e., —CH 2 -phenyl) or —CH 2 -pyrindinyl.
- Arylalkyloxy means —O-(alkyl)-(aryl), wherein alkyl and aryl are defined above.
- arylalkyloxy is —O-benzyl or —O—CH 2 -pyridinyl.
- Cycloalkyl means a monocyclic or polycyclic saturated ring comprising carbon and hydrogen atoms and having no carbon-carbon multiple bonds.
- Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, (C 3 -C 7 )cycloalkyl groups, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cycloheptyl, and saturated cyclic and bicyclic terpenes.
- a cycloalkyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted.
- the cycloalkyl group is a monocyclic ring or bicyclic ring.
- Cycloalkyloxy means —O-(cycloalkyl), wherein cycloalkyl is defined above.
- Cycloalkylalkyloxy means —O-(alkyl)-(cycloalkyl), wherein cycloalkyl and alkyl are defined above.
- cycloalkylalkyloxy is —OCH 2 -cyclohexyl.
- Alkylidene means the divalent radical —C n H 2n —, wherein n is an integer from 1 to 8, such as —CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, and the like, unsubstituted or substituted with one or more alkyl groups.
- Heteroatom-containing alkylidene means an alkylidene wherein at least one carbon atom is replaced by a heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, such as —CH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 —, and the like, unsubstituted or substituted with one or more alkyl groups.
- Aminoalkoxy means —O-(alkyl)-NH 2 , wherein alkyl is defined above.
- “Mono-alkylamino” means —NH(alkyl), wherein alkyl is defined above.
- Di-alkylamino means —N(alkyl)(alkyl), wherein each “alkyl” is independently an alkyl group defined above.
- “Mono-alkylaminoalkoxy” means —O-(alkyl)-NH(alkyl), wherein each “alkyl” is independently an alkyl group defined above.
- Di-alkylaminoalkoxy means —O-(alkyl)N(alkyl)(alkyl), wherein each “alkyl” is independently an alkyl group defined above.
- Arylamino means —NH(aryl), wherein aryl is defined above.
- Arylalkylamino means —NH-(alkyl)-(aryl), wherein alkyl and aryl are defined above.
- arylalkylamino is —NH-benzyl or —NHCH 2 -pyridinyl.
- Alkylamino means —NH(alkyl), wherein alkyl is defined above.
- Cycloalkylamino means —NH-(cycloalkyl), wherein cyclohexyl is defined above.
- Cycloalkylalkylamino means —NH-(alkyl)-(cycloalkyl), wherein alkyl and cycloalkyl are defined above.
- cycloalkylalkylamino is —NHCH 2 -cyclohexyl.
- Aminoalkyl means -(alkyl)-NH 2 , wherein alkyl is defined above.
- “Mono-alkylaminoalkyl” means -(alkyl)-NH(alkyl), wherein each “alkyl” is independently an alkyl group defined above.
- Di-alkylaminoalkyl means -(alkyl)-N(alkyl)(alkyl), wherein each “alkyl” is independently an alkyl group defined above.
- modulation of JNK means the inhibition or activation, preferably the inhibition, of a protein and one or more isoforms thereof expressed by JNK 1, JNK 2, and JNK 3 genes.
- JNK means a protein and includes all isoforms thereof expressed by JNK 1, JNK 2, and JNK 3 genes.
- the JNK inhibitors can inhibit one or more of the isoforms expressed by JNK 1, JNK 2, or JNK 3 genes.
- phrases “pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s),” as used herein includes, but is not limited to, salts of acidic or basic groups that can be present in compounds of Formula I-VI.
- Compounds that are basic in nature are capable of forming a wide variety of salts with various inorganic and organic acids.
- the acids that can be used to prepare pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of such basic compounds are those that form non-toxic acid addition salts, i.e., salts containing pharmacologically acceptable anions.
- Suitable organic acids include, but are not limited to, maleic, fumaric, benzoic, ascorbic, succinic, acetic, trifluoroacetic, formic, oxalic, propionic, tartaric, salicylic, citric, gluconic, lactic, mandelic, cinnamic, oleic, tannic, aspartic, stearic, palmitic, glycolic, glutamic, gluconic, glucaronic, saccharic, isonicotinic, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic, benzenesulfonic acids, and pamoic (i.e., 1,1′-methylene-bis-(2-hydroxy-3-naphthoate) acids.
- pamoic i.e., 1,1′-methylene-bis-(2-hydroxy-3-naphthoate
- Suitable inorganic acids include hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, phosphoric, and nitric acids.
- Compounds that include an amine moiety can form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with various amino acids, in addition to the acids mentioned above.
- Compounds that are acidic in nature are capable of forming base salts with various pharmacologically acceptable cations. Examples of such salts include alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts and, particularly, calcium, magnesium, sodium, lithium, zinc, potassium, and iron salts.
- the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s)” of a compound of Formula I-VI is intended to encompass any and all acceptable salt forms.
- the present invention relates to methods for treating or preventing an inflammatory condition, a liver disease, a cardiovascular disease, a neurodegenerative disease or cancer, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula I:
- the first or second substituent when present, is at the 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, or 10 position;
- first and second substituent when present, are independently alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- R 3 and R 4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl.
- the first and second substituent of compounds of Formula I when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- R 3 and R 4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl.
- a preferred subclass of the compounds of Formula I is that wherein the first or second substituent are present at the 5, 7, or 9 position. More preferably, the first or second substituent are present at the 5 or 7 position.
- a second preferred class of compounds of Formula I is that wherein:
- the first or second substituent are present at the 5, 7, or 9 position;
- the first or second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, di-alkylaminoalkyl, or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl.
- the present invention further relates to methods for treating or preventing an inflammatory condition, a liver disease, a cardiovascular disease, a neurodegenerative disease or cancer, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula II:
- the first or second substituent when present, is at the 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, or 10 position;
- first and second substituent when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b) (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- R 3 and R 4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl.
- the first and second substituent of compounds of Formula II when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b) (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- R 3 and R 4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl.
- a preferred subclass of the compounds of Formula II is that wherein the first or second substituent are present at the 5, 7, or 9 position. More preferably, the first or second substituent are present at the 5 or 7 position.
- a second preferred subclass of the compounds of Formula II is that wherein:
- the first or second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy, or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl.
- the present invention further relates to methods for treating or preventing an inflammatory condition, a liver disease, a cardiovascular disease, a neurodegenerative disease or cancer, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula III:
- the first or second substituent when present, is at the 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, or 10 position;
- first and second substituent when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c) (d), (e), or (f):
- R 3 and R 4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl;
- the first and second substituent of compounds of Formula III when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c) (d), (e), or (f):
- R 3 and R 4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl;
- a preferred subclass of the compounds of Formula III is that wherein the first or second substituent are present at the 5, 7, or 9 position. More preferably, the first or second substituent are present at the 5 or 7 position.
- a second preferred subclass of the compounds of Formula III is that wherein:
- the first or second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, di-alkylaminoalkyl, or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl.
- the present invention further relates to methods for treating or preventing an inflammatory condition, a liver disease, a cardiovascular disease, a neurodegenerative disease or cancer, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula IV:
- first and second substituent when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- R 3 and R 4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl;
- the first and second substituent of compounds of Formula IV when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- R 3 and R 4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl;
- a preferred class of the compounds of Formula V is that wherein the first or second substituent are present at the 5 or 7 position.
- a second preferred subclass of the compounds of Formula 1V is that wherein the first or second substituent are independently alkyl, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f).
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy, or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f;
- R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, or cycloalkylalkyl.
- the present invention further relates to methods for treating or preventing an inflammatory condition, a liver disease, a cardiovascular disease, a neurodegenerative disease or cancer, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula V:
- first and second substituent when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- R 3 and R 4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl;
- the first and second substituent of compounds of Formula V when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- R 3 and R 4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl;
- a preferred subclass of the compounds of Formula V is that wherein the first or second substituent are present at the 5 or 7 position.
- a second preferred subclass of the compounds of Formula V is that wherein the compound of Formula V is disubstituted and at least one of the substituents is a group represented by the formula (d) or (f).
- Another preferred class of the compounds of Formula V is that wherein the compounds are monosubstituted. Most preferred are compounds that are monosubstituted at the 5 or 7 position with a group represented by the formula (e) or (f).
- the compounds of Formulas I-V, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are useful for modulating JNK. Accordingly, the compounds of Formulas I-V, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are useful for treating or preventing a disease associated with the modulation of JNK. Preferably, the compounds of Formulas I-V, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, inhibit JNK.
- the compounds of Formula I-V, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, are also useful for treating or preventing an inflammatory condition including, but not limited to: diabetes (such as Type II diabetes, Type I diabetes, diabetes insipidus, diabetes mellitus, maturity-onset diabetes, juvenile diabetes, insulin-dependant diabetes, non-insulin dependant diabetes, malnutrition-related diabetes, ketosis-prone diabetes or ketosis-resistant diabetes); nephropathy (such as glomerulonephritis or acute/chronic kidney failure); obesity (such as hereditary obesity, dietary obesity, hormone related obesity or obesity related to the administration of medication); hearing loss (such as that from otitis externa or acute otitis media); fibrosis related diseases (such as pulmonary interstitial fibrosis, renal fibrosis, cystic fibrosis, liver fibrosis, wound-healing or burn-healing, wherein the burn is a first-, second- or third-degree burn and/or a thermal, chemical or electrical
- the compounds of Formula I-V, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are also useful for treating or preventing a liver disease (such as hepatitis, alcohol-induced liver disease, toxin-induced liver disease, steatosis or sclerosis); a cardiovascular disease (such as atherosclerosis, restenosis following angioplasty, left ventricular hypertrophy, myocardial infarction, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or stroke); ischemic damage (such as to the heart, kidney, liver or brain); ischemia-reperfusion injury (such as that caused by transplant, surgical trauma, hypotension, thrombosis or trauma injury); neurodegenerative disease (such as epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, peripheral neuropathies, spinal cord damage, AIDS dementia complex or Parkinson's disease); or cancer (such as cancer of the head, neck, eye, mouth, throat, esophagus, chest, bone, lung, colon, rectum, stomach, prostate, breast
- the present methods for treating or preventing further comprise the administration of an effective amount of another therapeutic agent useful for treating or preventing the diseases or disorders disclosed herein.
- the time in which the therapeutic effect of the other therapeutic agent is exerted overlaps with the time in which the therapeutic effect of the compound of Formula I-V, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is exerted.
- the other therapeutic agent is an anti-inflammatory agent.
- anti-inflammatory agents include, but are not limited to, steroids (e.g., cortisol, cortisone, fludrocortisone, prednisone, 6 ⁇ -methylprednisone, triamcinolone, betamethasone or dexamethasone), nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs (NSAIDS (e.g., aspirin, acetaminophen, tolmetin, ibuprofen, mefenamic acid, piroxicam, nabumetone, rofecoxib, celecoxib, etodolac or nimesulide).
- steroids e.g., cortisol, cortisone, fludrocortisone, prednisone, 6 ⁇ -methylprednisone, triamcinolone, betamethasone or dexamethasone
- NSAIDS nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs
- the other therapeutic agent is an antiobiotic (e.g., vancomycin, penicillin, amoxicillin, ampicillin, cefotaxime, ceftriaxone, cefixime, rifampinmetronidazole, doxycycline or streptomycin).
- the other therapeutic agent is a PDE4 inhibitor (e.g., roflumilast or rolipram).
- the other therapeutic agent is an antihistamine (e.g., cyclizine, hydroxyzine, promethazine or diphenhydramine).
- the other therapeutic agent is an anti-malarial (e.g., artemisinin, artemether, artsunate, chloroquine phosphate, mefloquine hydrochloride, doxycycline hyclate, proguanil hydrochloride, atovaquone or halofantrine).
- the other therapeutic agent is drotrecogin alfa.
- the first step involves halogenation of 1-methylanthraquinone or an appropriately monosubstituted or disubstituted 1-methylanthroquinone with a halogenating agent in a suitable solvent, or in the absence of solvent, at temperatures from about 25° C. to about 200° C. for about 1 to about 16 hours.
- a halogenating agent include, but are not limited to, thionyl chloride, thionyl bromide, POCl 3 , POBr 3 , N-bromosuccinimide, and N-chlorosuccinimide.
- Suitable solvents are, for example, benzene, tetrahydrofuran (THF), and ether.
- THF tetrahydrofuran
- ether ether
- the resulting halogenated intermediate is then treated with ammonia in a suitable solvent at temperatures from about 25° C. to about 200° C. for about 1 to about 16 hours.
- Suitable solvents are, for
- the first step involves reacting anthroquinone or an appropriately monosubstituted or disubstituted anthroquinone with trichloroacetic acid-(hydroxymethylamide) in the presence of an acid, such as sulfuric acid or hydrochloric acid, in a suitable solvent or in the absence of solvent, to provide a 2,2,2-trichloroacetyl-aminomethyl substituted anthraquinone.
- Suitable solvents are, for example, nitrobenzene, dichlorobenzene, and nitromethane.
- the second step involves reacting the 2,2,2-trichloroacetyl-aminomethyl substituted anthraquinone with a base catalyst in a suitable solvent.
- Suitable base catalysts include, but are not limited to, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, potassium carbonate, sodium methoxide, and sodium ethoxide.
- Suitable solvents are, for example, water, methanol, and ethanol.
- Compounds of Formula II can be prepared by oxidizing compounds of Formula V with a stoichiometric amount of a mild oxidizing agent in a suitable solvent at temperatures from about 0° C. to about 200° C. for about 1 to about 24 hours.
- Suitable reducing agents include, but are not limited to, sodium hypochlorite, meta-chloroperbenzoic acid, pyridinium chlorochromate, dipyridine Cr(VI) oxide, and pyridinium dichromate.
- Suitable solvents are, for example, hydrocarbon solvents and chlorinated solvents, such as methylene chloride and carbon tetrachloride.
- Compounds of Formula m can be prepared by condensing anthroquinone or an appropriately monosubstituted or disubstituted anthroquinone, having a leaving group, X, at the 1 position, with hydroxylamine as depicted in Reactions Scheme 3 below.
- the reaction is carried out in a suitable solvent at temperatures from about 0° C. to about 200° C. for about 1 to about 16 hours.
- suitable solvents are, for example, ethanol, methanol, and THF.
- Suitable leaving groups include, but are not limited to fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, nitro, methanesulfonyloxy, tosyloxy, and phenoxy.
- Compounds of Formula IV can be prepared by oxidizing compounds of Formula V with an excess of the oxidizing agents used to prepare the compounds of Formula II.
- the reaction is conducted in a suitable solvent at temperatures from about 0° C. to about 200° C. for about 1 to about 24 hours.
- suitable solvents are, for example, hydrocarbon solvents and chlorinated solvents, such as methylene chloride, and carbon tetrachloride.
- Compounds of Formula IV can also be prepared by oxidation of the compounds of Formula V with CrO 3 in a suitable solvent at temperatures from about 0° to about 100° C. for about 1 to about 16 hours, as depicted in Reaction Scheme 4 below.
- Suitable solvents are, for example, acetic acid, formic acid, an aqueous HCl.
- Compounds of Formula V can be prepared by condensing anthroquinone or an appropriately monosubstituted or disubstituted anthroquinone with ammonium thiocyanate, as depicted in Reaction Scheme 5 below.
- the reaction is carried out in a suitable solvent at temperatures from about 0° C. to about 200° C. for about 1 to about 24 hours.
- suitable solvents are, for example, pyridine, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), and dioxane
- DMSO dimethylsulfoxide
- the resulting intermediate is then reacted with ammonia in a suitable solvent, or in the absence of solvent, at temperatures from about 25° C. to about 200° C. for about 1 to about 24 hours.
- Suitable solvents are, for example, ethanol, methanol, and water.
- the compounds of Formula V can also be prepared by a two step procedure depicted in Reaction Scheme 6 below.
- the first step involves condensing an appropriately substituted anthroquinone having a leaving group, X, at the 1-position, with sodium sulfide in the presence of ammonia in a suitable solvent.
- Representative leaving groups include, but are not limited to fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, nitro, methanesulfonyloxy, tosyloxy, and phenoxy.
- Suitable solvents are, for example, pyridine, dimethylformamide, methylene chloride, chloroform, ethanol, and dioxane.
- the reaction is carried out at temperatures from about 0° C. to about 200° C. for about 1 to about 16 hours.
- the resulting intermediate is then treated with iodine and a base, such as, but not limited to, sodium acetate, sodium phosphate, or sodium bicarbonate in a suitable solvent.
- a suitable solvent are, for example, benzene, toluene, nitrobenzene, dichlorobenzene, and xylenes.
- the reaction is carried out at temperatures from about 0° C. to about 200° C. for about 1 to about 16 hours.
- Compounds of Formula VI can be prepared by condensing an appropriately substituted compound of Formula VI, having a leaving group, X, at the 5 position, with ammonia, a mono-substituted amine, or a di-substituted amine at temperatures from about 0° C. to about 250° C. for about 1 to about 16 hours, either in a suitable solvent or the absence of a solvent as depicted in Reaction Scheme 7 below.
- Representative leaving groups include, but are not limited to chloride, bromide, iodide, methanesulfonate, tosyl, benzenesulfonate, and triflate.
- Suitable solvents are, for example, pyridine, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, dichloroethane, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, diglyme, and triglyme.
- the reaction is conducted in the presence of an excess amount of the amine, or in the presence of an acid quenching agent such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, or sodium hydroxide.
- the compound of Formula VI having a leaving group, X, at the 5 position, wherein X is chloro can be prepared, for example, by condensing 1,4-dichloroanthroquinone with ammonium thiocyanate using the method described in Reaction Scheme 5.
- Compounds of Formula VI with 5-amino substituents can also be prepared by condensing an appropriately substituted compound of Formula VI with an amino group at the 5-position with an alkyl group containing a good leaving group, X, (R 3 X) at temperatures from about 25° C. to about 250° C. for about 1 to about 24 hours, in a suitable solvent or in the absence of solvent as depicted in Reaction Scheme 8 below.
- Representative leaving groups include, but are not limited to, chloride, bromide, iodide, methanesulfonate, tosylate, benzenesulfonate, and triflate.
- Suitable solvents are, for example, pyridine, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, dichloroethane, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, diglyme, and triglyme.
- the reaction is conducted in the presence of an excess amount of the amine, or in the presence of an acid quenching agent such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, or sodium hydroxide.
- compounds of Formula VI with 7-amino substituents can be prepared by condensing an appropriately substituted compound of Formula VI, having a leaving group, X, at the 7 position, with ammonia, a mono-substituted amine, or a disubstituted amine at temperatures from about 0° C. to about 250° C. for about 1 to about 16 hours, either in a suitable solvent or the absence of a solvent as depicted in Reaction Scheme 9 below.
- Representative leaving groups include, but are not limited to, chloride, bromide, iodide, methanesulfonate, tosylate, benzenesulfonate, and triflate.
- Suitable solvents are, for example, pyridine, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, dichloroethane, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, diglyme, and triglyme.
- the reaction is conducted in the presence of an excess amount of the amine, or in the presence of an acid quenching agent such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, or sodium hydroxide.
- Compounds of Formula VI with 7-amino substituents can also be prepared by condensing an appropriately substituted compound of Formula VI with an amino group at the 7-position with an alkyl group containing a good leaving group, X, (R 3 X) at temperatures of from about 25° C. to about 250° C. for about 1 to about 24 hours, in a suitable solvent or in the absence of solvent as depicted in Reaction Scheme 10 below.
- Representative leaving groups include, but are not limited to, chloride, bromide, iodide, methanesulfonate, tosylate, benzenesulfonate, and triflate.
- Suitable solvents are, for example, pyridine, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, dichloroethane, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, diglyme, and triglyme.
- the reaction is conducted in the presence of an excess amount of the amine, or in the presence of an acid quenching agent such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, or sodium hydroxide.
- amine substituents at other positions on the aromatic ring can be converted to substituted amines at their respective positions.
- Anthroquinones substituted with amine at other positions are known (Kopetschni, Wiesler Monatsh. Chem (1922), 43, 84; Shah et al., Indian Journal of Chemistry (1976), 14B, 625; Ayyangar, N., Lahoti, R. J., Wagle, D. R. Indian Journal of Chemistry (1978), 16B, 1007).
- Compounds of Formula VI with 5-carboxyamide substituents can be prepared by condensing an appropriately substituted compound of Formula VI, having a carboxylic acid group at the 5 position, with ammonia, a mono-substituted amine, or a di-substituted amine at temeratures from about 0° C. to about 100° C. for about 1 to about 16 hours using a coupling agent in a suitable solvent as depicted in Reaction Scheme 11 below.
- Representative coupling agents include, but are not limited to dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDCI), and O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N, N′, N′-tetramethyluroniumhexafluorophosphate (HATU).
- Suitable solvents are, for example, methylene chloride, chloroform, toluene, dimethylformamide, and tetrahydrofuran.
- the starting carboxylic acid may be prepared from a compound of Formula VI substituted at the 5 position with an amino group.
- the 5-amino group is converted to a nitrile with sodium nitrite in a suitable solvent, such as water, methanol, tetrahydrofuran, or ethanol and an acid such as hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid at temperatures from about 0° C. to about 100° C. for about 1 to about 10 hours followed by treatment with copper cyanide/sodium cyanide in a suitable solvent such as water, methanol, ethanol, ethyl acetate, or tetrahydrofuran at temperatures from about 0° C. to about 100° C. for about 1 to about 10 hours.
- a suitable solvent such as water, methanol, ethanol, ethyl acetate, or tetrahydrofuran at temperatures from about 0° C. to about 100° C. for about 1 to about 10 hours.
- the nitrile can then be hydrolyzed with an acid such as acetic acid, formic acid, hydrochloric acid, or sulfuric acid at a temperature from about 25° C. to about 100° C. for about 1 to about 24 hours to provide the carboxylic acid.
- carboxylic acid groups at other positions on the aromatic ring can be converted to carboxamide substituents at their respective positions.
- Carboxylic acid groups at other positions on the aromatic ring can be obtained from compounds of Formula VI having amines at other positions on the aromatic ring, as discussed above.
- Compounds of Formula VI with 5-acylamino or 5-sulfonylamino substituents can be prepared by condensing an appropriately substituted compound of Formula VI, having an amino group at the 5-position with an acid chloride, R 5 COCl, or sulfonyl chloride R 5 SO 2 Cl, in a suitable solvent at temperatures from about ⁇ 20° C. to about 50° C. for about 0.5 to about 16 hours as depicted in Reaction Scheme 12 below.
- compounds of Formula VI with 7-acylamino or 7-sulfonylamino substituents can be prepared by condensing an appropriately substituted compound of Formula VI, having an amino group at the 7-position with an acid chloride, R 5 COCl, or sulfonyl chloride R 5 SO 2 C1, in a suitable solvent at temperatures from about ⁇ 20° C. to about 50° C. for about 0.5 to about 16 hours as depicted in Reaction Scheme 13 below.
- Suitable solvents are, for example, methylene chloride, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, pyridine, dimethylformamide, and ethyl acetate.
- the reaction is conducted in the presence of an acid quenching agent such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, or sodium hydroxide.
- Acylamino or sulfonylamino substituents groups at other positions on the aromatic ring can be obtained from compounds of Formula VI having amines at other positions on the aromatic ring, as discussed above.
- Compounds of Formula VI with 5-alkoxy substituents can be prepared by condensing an appropriately substituted compound of Formula VI, having a hydroxy group at the 5-position with an alkyl group having a leaving group, X, (R 6 X) in a suitable solvent at temperatures from about ⁇ 20° C. to about 100° C. for about 0.5 to about 16 hours as depicted in Reaction Scheme 14 below.
- compounds of Formula VI with 7-alkoxy substituents can be prepared by condensing an appropriately substituted compound of Formula VI, having a hydroxy group at the 7-position with an alkyl group having a leaving group, X, (R 6 X) in a suitable solvent at temperatures from about ⁇ 20° C. to about 100° C. for about 0.5 to about 16 hours as depicted in Reaction Scheme 15 below.
- Representative leaving groups, X include, but are not limited to, chloride, bromide, iodide, methanesulfonate, tosylate, benzenesulfonate, and triflate.
- Suitable solvents are, for example, methylene chloride, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethylformamide, or ethyl acetate.
- the reaction is conducted in the presence of an acid quenching agent such as sodium hydride, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, or sodium hydroxide.
- an acid quenching agent such as sodium hydride, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, or sodium hydroxide.
- the 5-hydroxyanthroquinones and 7-hydroxyanthroquinones can be prepared from the appropriately substituted 5-aminoanthroquinone and appropriately substituted 7-aminoanthroquinone, respectively.
- the appropriately substituted 5-aminoanthroquinone or appropriately substituted 7-aminoanthroquinone is converted to the alcohol with sodium nitrite in a suitable solvent, such as water, methanol, tetrahydrofuran, or ethanol, and an acid, such as hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid, at temperatures from about 0° to about 100° C. for about 1 to about 10 hours followed by treatment with an acid, such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, or phosphoric acid, in water at temperatures from about 0° C. to about 100° C. for about 1 to about 10 hours.
- a suitable solvent such as water, methanol, tetrahydrofuran, or ethanol
- an acid such as hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid
- the appropriately substituted 5-aminoanthroquinone or appropriately substituted 7-aminoanthroquinone can be heated at temperatures from about 100° C. to about 250° C. in water for about 1 to about 24 hours to provide the compound of Formula VI with a hydroxy group at the 5-position or 7-position, respectively.
- Hydroxyl groups at other positions on the aromatic ring can be obtained from compounds of Formula VI having amines at other positions on the aromatic ring, as discussed above.
- Disubstituted compounds of Formula I-VI can be obtained according to one or more of the reaction schemes above.
- Suitable anthraquinone starting materials that are appropriately substituted are commercially available from a variety of sources or may be prepared by methods well known to those of ordinary skill in the art (See, e.g., Gallagher, P., Contemp. Org. Synth. (1996), 3(5), 433-446; Krohn, K., Tetrahedron (1990), 46(2), 291-318; Vym et al, J., Chem.
- compositions 5.4.1 Pharmaceutical Compositions Comprising a Compound of Formula I
- compositions comprising a compound of Formula I, the compound of Formula I being defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
- the compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is that wherein the first or second substituent is present at the 5, 7, or 9 position.
- the first or second substituent is present at the 5 or 7 position.
- the compound of Formula I is that wherein:
- the first or second substituent is present at the 5, 7, or 9 position
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl.
- the compound of Formula I is that wherein:
- the first or second substituent is present at the 5, 7, or 9 position
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl.
- compositions comprising a compound of Formula II, the compound of Formula II being defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
- the compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is that wherein the first or second substituent is present at the 5, 7, or 9 position.
- the first or second substituent is present at the 5 or 7 position.
- the compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is that wherein:
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R 3 and R 4 are hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl.
- the compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is that wherein:
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R 3 and R 4 are hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl.
- compositions comprising a compound of Formula III, the compound of Formula III being defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
- the compound of Formula III, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is that wherein the first or second substituent is present at the 5, 7, or 9 position.
- the first or second substituent is present at the 5 or 7 position.
- the compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is that wherein:
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R 3 and R 4 are hydrogen, alky, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl.
- the compound of Formula III, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is that wherein:
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R 3 and R 4 are hydrogen, alky, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl.
- compositions comprising a compound of Formula IV, the compound of Formula IV being defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
- the compound of Formula IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is that wherein the first or second substituent is present at the 5 or 7 position.
- the compound of Formula IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is that wherein the first and second substituent are independently alkyl, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f).
- the compound of Formula IV is that wherein:
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R 3 and R 4 are hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl.
- the compound of Formula IV is that wherein:
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R 3 and R 4 are hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl.
- compositions comprising a compound of Formula V, the compound of Formula V being defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
- the compound of Formula V, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is that wherein the first or second substituent is present at the 5 or 7 position.
- the compound of Formula V is that wherein the compound of Formula V is disubstituted and at least one of the substituents is a group represented by the formula (d) or (f).
- compositions comprising:
- R 0 is —O—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 — or —CH 2 —;
- the compound being (i) unsubstituted, (ii) monosubstituted and having a first substituent, or (iii) disubstituted and having a first substituent and a second substituent;
- the first or second substituent when present, being at the 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, or 10 position, wherein the first and second substituent, when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- R 3 and R 4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- the first or second substituent of compounds of Formula VI when present, are at the 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, or 10 position, wherein the first and second substituent, when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- R 3 and R 4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl.
- present pharmaceutical compositions which comprise a compound of Formula I-V or VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (collectively “the present compositions”) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle, are useful for treating or preventing a disease associated with the modulation of JNK.
- the present compositions are useful for inhibiting JNK.
- compositions are also useful for treating an inflammatory condition including, but not limited to: diabetes (such as Type II diabetes, Type I diabetes, diabetes insipidus, diabetes mellitus, maturity-onset diabetes, juvenile diabetes, insulin-dependant diabetes, non-insulin dependant diabetes, malnutrition-related diabetes, ketosis-prone diabetes or ketosis-resistant diabetes); nephropathy (such as glomerulonephritis or acute/chronic kidney failure); obesity (such as hereditary obesity, dietary obesity, hormone related obesity or obesity related to the administration of medication); hearing loss (such as that from otitis externa or acute otitis media); fibrosis related diseases (such as pulmonary interstitial fibrosis, renal fibrosis, cystic fibrosis, liver fibrosis, wound-healing or burn-healing, wherein the burn is a first-, second- or third-degree burn and/or a thermal, chemical or electrical burn); arthritis (such as rheumatoid arthritis, rheum
- compositions which comprise a compound of Formula I-V or VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, are also useful for treating or preventing a liver disease (such as hepatitis, alcohol-induced liver disease, toxin-induced liver disease, steatosis or sclerosis); a cardiovascular disease (such as atherosclerosis, restenosis following angioplasty, left ventricular hypertrophy, myocardial infarction, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or stroke); ischemic damage (such as to the heart, kidney, liver or brain); ischemia-reperfusion injury (such as that caused by transplant, surgical trauma, hypotension, thrombosis or trauma injury); neurodegenerative disease (such as epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, peripheral neuropathies, spinal cord damage, AIDS dementia complex or Parkinson's disease); or cancer (such as cancer of the head, neck, eye, mouth, throat, esophagus, chest, bone, lung
- the methods of the invention encompass treating or preventing a disease associated with the modulation of JNK, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formulas I-VI, the compound of Formulas I-VI being as defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the present invention also encompasses treating or preventing a disease, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula I-VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the disease is an inflammatory condition including, but not limited to: diabetes (such as Type II diabetes, Type I diabetes, diabetes insipidus, diabetes mellitus, maturity-onset diabetes, juvenile diabetes, insulin-dependant diabetes, non-insulin dependant diabetes, malnutrition-related diabetes, ketosis-prone diabetes or ketosis-resistant diabetes); nephropathy (such as glomerulonephritis or acute/chronic kidney failure); obesity (such as hereditary obesity, dietary obesity, hormone related obesity or obesity related to the administration of medication); hearing loss (such as that from otitis externa or acute otitis media); fibrosis related diseases (such as pulmonary interstitial fibrosis, renal fibrosis, cystic fibrosis, liver fibrosis, wound-healing or burn-healing
- diabetes
- the present invention also encompasses treating or preventing a disease, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula I-VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the disease is a liver disease (such as hepatitis, alcohol-induced liver disease, toxin-induced liver disease, steatosis or sclerosis); a cardiovascular disease (such as atherosclerosis, restenosis following angioplasty, left ventricular hypertrophy, myocardial infarction, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or stroke); ischemic damage (such as to the heart, kidney, liver or brain); ischemia-reperfusion injury (such as that caused by transplant, surgical trauma, hypotension, thrombosis or trauma injury); neurodegenerative disease (such as epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, peripheral neuropathies, spinal cord damage, AIDS dementia complex or Parkinson's disease); or cancer (such as cancer of the head, neck, eye
- the present methods of the invention also encompass administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula I, the compound of Formula I being defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is that wherein the first or second substituent is present at the 5, 7, or 9 position. Preferably, the first or second substituent is present at the 5 or 7 position.
- the compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is that wherein:
- the first or second substituent is present at the 5, 7, or 9 position
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl.
- the compound of Formula I is that wherein:
- the first or second substituent is present at the 5, 7, or 9 position
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl.
- the present methods of the invention also encompass administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula II, the compound of Formula II being defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is that wherein the first or second substituent, when present, is present at the 5, 7, or 9 position.
- the first or second substituent is present at the 5 or 7 position
- the compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is that wherein:
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl.
- the compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is that wherein:
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl.
- the present methods of the invention also encompass administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula III, the compound of Formula III being defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the compound of Formula III, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is that wherein the first or second substituent is present at the 5, 7, or 9 position.
- the first or second substituent is present at the 5 or 7 position
- the compound of Formula III is that wherein:
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl.
- the compound of Formula III is that wherein:
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl.
- the present methods of the invention also encompass administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula IV, the compound of Formula 1V being defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the compound of Formula IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is that wherein the first or second substituent is present at the 5 or 7 position
- the compound of Formula IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is that wherein the first and second substituent are independently alkyl, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f).
- the compound of Formula IV is that wherein:
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl.
- the compound of Formula IV is that wherein:
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl.
- the present methods of the invention also encompass administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula V, the compound of Formula V being defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the compound of Formula V, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is that wherein the first or second substituent is present at the 5 or 7 position
- the compound of Formula V is that wherein the compound of Formula V is disubstituted and at least one of the substituents is a group represented by the formula (d) or (f).
- the invention contemplates inhibiting all JNK, inhibition of JNK which is expressed in the brain is important for treating central or peripheral neurological degenerative disorders like epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, peripheral neuropathy, spinal cord damage and AIDS dementia complex.
- the disease that is treated or prevented is a central or peripheral neurological degenerative disorder, wherein the central or peripheral neurological degenerative disorder is epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, peripheral neuropathy, spinal cord damage or AIDS dementia complex.
- the methods of the invention are also useful for treating or preventing an inflammatory condition including, but not limited to: diabetes (such as Type II diabetes, Type I diabetes, diabetes insipidus, diabetes mellitus, maturity-onset diabetes, juvenile diabetes, insulin-dependant diabetes, non-insulin dependant diabetes, malnutrition-related diabetes, ketosis-prone diabetes or ketosis-resistant diabetes); nephropathy (such as glomerulonephritis or acute/chronic kidney failure); obesity (such as hereditary obesity, dietary obesity, hormone related obesity or obesity related to the administration of medication); hearing loss (such as that from otitis externa or acute otitis media); fibrosis related diseases (such as pulmonary interstitial fibrosis, renal fibrosis, cystic fibrosis, liver fibrosis, wound-healing or burn-healing, wherein the burn is a first-, second- or third-degree burn and/or a thermal, chemical or electrical burn); arthritis (such as rheumato)
- the methods of the invention are also useful for treating or preventing a liver disease (such as hepatitis, alcohol-induced liver disease, toxin-induced liver disease, steatosis or sclerosis); a cardiovascular disease (such as atherosclerosis, restenosis following angioplasty, left ventricular hypertrophy, myocardial infarction, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or stroke); ischemic damage (such as to the heart, kidney, liver or brain); ischemia-reperfusion injury (such as that caused by transplant, surgical trauma, hypotension, thrombosis or trauma injury); neurodegenerative disease (such as epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, peripheral neuropathies, spinal cord damage, AIDS dementia complex or Parkinson's disease); or cancer (such as cancer of the head, neck, eye, mouth, throat, esophagus, chest, bone, lung, colon, rectum, stomach, prostate, breast, ovaries, testicles or other reproductive
- the present methods for treating or preventing an inflammatory condition, a liver disease, a cardiovascular disease, ischemic damage, a neurodegenerative disease or cancer comprises inhibiting JNK in vivo.
- inhibiting JNK in vivo comprises inhibiting TNF- ⁇ in vivo.
- the JNK is JNK1. In another embodiment the JNK is JNK2. In another embodiment the JNK is JNK3.
- a B Compound —NH 2 —NH 2 FK —N(CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ) —N(CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 )2 FL —NHC 6 H 5 —NHC 6 H 5 FM —OC 6 H 5 —OC 6 H 5 FN —NH 2 —N(CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 FO —NH 2 —N(CH 2 CH 2 CN)(CH 2 CH 2 OH) FP —NH 2 —N(CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 FQ —NHCH 3 —NHCH 3 FR —N(CH 3 ) 2 —N(CH 3 ) 2 FS —N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 —N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 FT —NHCH 2 CH 3 —NHCH 2 CH 3 FU —OCH 3 —OCH 3 FV —OCH 2 CH 3 —OC
- the compound of Formula VI is Compound CC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the compounds of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are preferably in isolated form.
- isolated it is meant that prior to administration, a compound of Formula I-VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is separated from other components of a synthetic organic chemical reaction mixture or natural product source, e.g., plant matter, tissue culture, or bacterial broth.
- the compounds of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are isolated via conventional techniques, e.g., extraction followed by chromatography, recrystalization, or another conventional technique.
- the compounds of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are at least 90%, preferably at least 95%, of a compound of Formula I-VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, by weight of that which is isolated.
- Single compound of Formula I-VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof means a compound of Formula I-VI and racemates and/or enantiomers thereof, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- the invention provides methods of treatment and prophylaxis by administration to a patient of an effective amount of a compound of Formula I-VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- compositions which comprise one or more of the compounds of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can be administered by any convenient route, for example by infusion or bolus injection, by absorption through epithelial or mucocutaneous linings (e.g., oral mucosa, rectal and intestinal mucosa) and can be administered together with another biologically active agent. Administration can be systemic or local.
- Various delivery systems are known, e.g., encapsulation in liposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, and capsules, and can be used to administer a compound of the invention.
- more than one compound of Formula I-VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered to a patient.
- Methods of administration include but are not limited to intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, oral, sublingual, intranasal, intracerebral, intravaginal, transdermal, rectally, by inhalation, or topically to the ears, nose, eyes, or skin.
- the preferred mode of administration is left to the discretion of the practitioner, and will depend in-part upon the medical condition and the site of the medical condition.
- This can be achieved, for example, and not by way of limitation, by local infusion during surgery, topical application, e.g., in conjunction with a wound dressing after surgery, by injection, by means of a catheter, by means of a suppository, or by means of an implant, said implant being of a porous, non-porous, or gelatinous material, including membranes, such as sialastic membranes, or fibers.
- administration can be by direct injection at the site (or former site) of a cancer, tumor, or neoplastic or pre-neoplastic tissue.
- Intraventricular injection can be facilitated by an intraventricular catheter, for example, attached to a reservoir, such as an Ommaya reservoir.
- Pulmonary administration can also be employed, e.g., by use of an inhaler or nebulizer, and formulation with an aerosolizing agent, or via perfusion in a fluorocarbon or synthetic pulmonary surfactant.
- the compounds of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be formulated as a suppository, with traditional binders and carriers such as triglycerides.
- the compounds of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be delivered in a vesicle, in particular a liposome (see Langer, Science 249:1527-1533 (1990); Treat et al., in Liposomes in the Therapy of Infectious Disease and Cancer, Lopez-Berestein and Fidler (eds.), Liss, New York, pp. 353-365 (1989); Lopez-Berestein, ibid., pp. 317-327; see generally ibid.).
- a liposome see Langer, Science 249:1527-1533 (1990); Treat et al., in Liposomes in the Therapy of Infectious Disease and Cancer, Lopez-Berestein and Fidler (eds.), Liss, New York, pp. 353-365 (1989); Lopez-Berestein, ibid., pp. 317-327; see generally ibid.).
- the compounds of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be delivered in a controlled release system.
- a pump can be used (see Langer, supra; Sefton, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:201 (1987); Buchwald et al., Surgery 88:507 (1980); Saudek et al., N. Engl. J. Med. 321:574 (1989)).
- polymeric materials can be used (see Medical Applications of Controlled Release, Langer and Wise (eds.), CRC Pres., Boca Raton, Fla.
- a controlled-release system can be placed in proximity of the target of the compound of the invention, e.g., the brain, thus, requiring only a fraction of the systemic dose (see, e.g., Goodson, in Medical Applications of Controlled Release, supra, vol. 2, pp. 115-138 (1984)).
- Other controlled-release systems are discussed in the review by Langer (Science 249:1527-1533 (1990)) can be used.
- compositions will contain an effective amount of the compounds of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, preferably in purified form, together with a suitable amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier so as to provide the form for proper administration to the patient.
- the term “pharmaceutically acceptable” means approved by a regulatory agency of the Federal or a state government or listed in the U.S. Pharmacopeia or other generally recognized pharmacopeia for use in animals, and more particularly in humans.
- carrier refers to a diluent, adjuvant, excipient, or vehicle with which a compound of the invention is administered.
- Such pharmaceutical carriers can be liquids, such as water and oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, such as peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil and the like.
- the pharmaceutical carriers can be saline, gum acacia, gelatin, starch paste, talc, keratin, colloidal silica, urea, and the like. In addition, auxiliary, stabilizing, thickening, lubricating, and coloring agents can be used.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are preferably sterile.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is water or an aqueous base the water or aqueous base is sterile. Water is a preferred carrier when the compounds of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered intravenously.
- Saline solutions and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions can also be employed as liquid carriers, particularly for injectable solutions.
- Suitable pharmaceutical carriers also include excipients such as starch, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, talc, sodium chloride, dried skim milk, glycerol, propylene, glycol, water, ethanol, and the like.
- excipients such as starch, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, talc, sodium chloride, dried skim milk, glycerol, propylene, glycol, water, ethanol, and the like.
- the present pharmaceutical compositions if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents.
- the present pharmaceutical compositions can take the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsion, tablets, pills, pellets, capsules, capsules containing liquids, powders, sustained-release formulations, suppositories, emulsions, aerosols, sprays, suspensions, or any other form suitable for use.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is a capsule (see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,698,155).
- suitable pharmaceutical carriers are described in “Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences” by E. W. Martin.
- the compound of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a pharmaceutical composition adapted for intravenous administration to human beings.
- the compound of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for intravenous administration is a solution in sterile isotonic aqueous buffer.
- the compositions can also include a solubilizing agent.
- Compositions for intravenous administration can optionally include a local anesthetic such as lignocaine to ease pain at the site of the injection.
- the ingredients are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent.
- a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent.
- the compound of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is to be administered by infusion, they can be dispensed, for example, with an infusion bottle containing sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline.
- an ampule of sterile water for injection or saline can be provided so that the ingredients can be mixed prior to administration.
- compositions for oral delivery can be in the form of tablets, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, granules, powders, emulsions, capsules, syrups, or elixirs, for example.
- Orally administered compositions can contain one or more optional agents, for example, sweetening agents such as fructose, aspartame or saccharin; flavoring agents such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry; coloring agents; and preserving agents, to provide a pharmaceutically palatable preparation.
- sweetening agents such as fructose, aspartame or saccharin
- flavoring agents such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry
- coloring agents such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry
- preserving agents to provide a pharmaceutically palatable preparation.
- the compositions can be coated to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract thereby providing a sustained action over an extended period of time.
- Selectively permeable membranes surrounding an osmotically active driving compound are also suitable for orally administering the present compounds.
- fluid from the environment surrounding the capsule is imbibed by the driving compound, which swells to displace the agent or agent composition through an aperture.
- delivery platforms can provide an essentially zero order delivery profile as opposed to the spiked profiles of immediate release formulations.
- a time delay material such as glycerol monostearate or glycerol stearate can also be used.
- Oral compositions can include standard carriers such as mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, and magnesium carbonate.
- the amount of the compound of Formula I-VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, that will be effective in the treatment of a particular disorder or condition will depend on the nature of the disorder or condition, and can be determined by standard clinical techniques. In addition, in vitro or in vivo assays can optionally be employed to help identify optimal dosage ranges. The precise dose to be employed in the compositions will also depend on the route of administration, and the seriousness of the disease or disorder, and should be decided according to the judgment of the practitioner and each patient's circumstances.
- typical dosage forms of the invention comprise a compound of Formula I-VI in an amount of from about 0.10 mg to about 3500 mg, from about 1 mg to about 2500 mg, from about 10 mg to about 500 mg, from about 25 mg to about 250 mg, from about 50 mg to about 100 mg.
- Typical dosage forms comprise a compound of Formula I-VI in an amount of about 0.1, 1, 2, 5, 7.5, 10, 12.5, 15, 17.5, 20, 25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 500, 750, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000 or 3500 mg.
- a dosage form comprises a compound of Formula I-VI in an amount of about 1, 2, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250 or 500 mg.
- a dosage form comprises an amount of about 5, 10, 25 or 50 mg of a compound of Formula I-VI.
- Effective doses can be extrapolated from dose-response curves derived from in vitro or animal model test systems. Such animal models and systems are well known in the art.
- the invention also provides pharmaceutical packs or kits comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the present compounds.
- Optionally associated with such container(s) can be a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use, or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture for use or sale for human administration.
- the present compounds of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are preferably assayed in vitro, and then in vivo, for the desired therapeutic or prophylactic activity, prior to use in humans.
- in vitro assays can be used to determine whether administration of a specific compound or combination of the compounds of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, is preferred.
- the compounds of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can also be demonstrated effective and safe using animal model systems.
- IC 50 values were calculated as the concentration of Compound (CC) at which the c-Jun phosphorylation was reduced to 50% of the control value.
- Compounds that inhibit JNK preferably have an IC 50 value ranging 0.01-10 ⁇ M in this assay.
- Compound (CC) has an IC 50 according to this assay of 1 ⁇ M for JNK2 and 400 nM for JNK3.
- the measured IC 50 value for Compound CC shows some variability due to the limited solubility of Compound CC in aqueous media.
- Compound (CC) was also assayed for its inhibitory activity against several protein kinases, listed below, using techniques known to those skilled in art (See, e.g., Protein Phosphorylation, Sefton & Hunter, Eds., Academic Press, pp. 97-367, 1998). The following IC 50 values were obtained: Enzyme IC 50 p38-2 >30,000 nM MEK6 >30,000 nM IKK1 >30,000 nM IKK2 >30,000 nM
- Compound (CC) illustrative of the present compounds, selectively inhibits JNK relative to other protein kinases and, accordingly, is a selective JNK inhibitor. Therefore, Compound (CC) is useful for selectively treating or preventing a disorder alleviated by modulating JNK, preferably by inhibiting JNK.
- Jurkat T cells (clone E6-1) were purchased from the American Type Culture Collection of Manassas, Va. and maintained in growth media consisting of RPMI 1640 medium containing 2 mM L-glutamine (commercially available from Mediatech Inc. of Herndon, Va.), with 10% fetal bovine serum (commercially available from Hyclone Laboratories Inc. of Omaha, Nebr.) and penicillin/streptomycin. All cells were cultured at 37° C. in 95% air and 5% CO 2 . Cells were plated at a density of 0.2 ⁇ 10 6 cells per well in 200 ⁇ L of media.
- Compound stock (20 mM) was diluted in growth media and added to each well as a 10 ⁇ concentrated solution in a volume of 25 ⁇ L, mixed, and allowed to pre-incubate with cells for 30 minutes.
- the compound vehicle (dimethylsulfoxide) was maintained at a final concentration of 0.5% in all samples.
- the cells were activated with PMA (phorbol myristate acetate, final concentration 50 ng/mL) and PHA (phytohemagglutinin, final concentration 2 ⁇ g/mL).
- PMA and PHA were added as a 10 ⁇ concentrated solution made up in growth media and added in a volume of 25 ⁇ L per well. Cell plates were cultured for 10 hours.
- IC 50 values were calculated as the concentration of Compound (CC) at which the IL-2 production was reduced to 50% of the control value.
- Compounds that inhibit JNK preferably have an IC 50 value ranging from 0.1-30 ⁇ M in this assay.
- Compound (CC) has an IC 50 of 30 ⁇ M.
- the measured IC 50 value for Compound CC shows some variability due to the limited solubility of Compound CC in aqueous media. Despite the variability, however, the assay consistently does show that Compound CC inhibits JNK.
- Compound (CC) illustrative of the present compound, inhibits IL-2 production in Jurkat T-cells and accordingly inhibits JNK. Therefore, Compound (CC) is useful for selectively treating or preventing a disorder alleviated by modulating JNK, preferably by inhibiting JNK.
- Compound CC As shown in FIG. 1, Compound CC, at a concentration of approximately 3 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 6 M, protects rat ventral mesencephalan neurons from the toxic effects of 6-OHDA. Despite the variability discussed above, the assay consistently does show that Compound CC protects rat ventral mesencephalan neurons from the toxic effects of 6-OHDA Accordingly, Compound CC, illustrative of the present compounds, is useful for treating or preventing Parkinson's disease. 5.7.8 Example
- Compound CC was administered intravenously (10 mg/kg) into the veins of Sprague-Dawley rats. After 2 hr, blood samples were obtained from the animals and their vascular systems were perfused with approximately 100 mL of saline to rid their brains of blood. The brains were removed from the animals, weighed, and homogenized in a 50 mL conical tube containing 10 equivalents (w/v) of methanousaline (1:1) using a Tissue Tearer (Fischer Scientific). The homogenized material was extracted by adding 600 ⁇ L of cold methanol to 250 ⁇ L of brain homogenate vortexed for 30 sec and subjected to centrifugation for 5 min.
- a plasma analysis sample was obtained using the brain homogenate analysis sample procedure described above by substituting plasma for brain homogenate.
- Standard plasma samples and standard brain homogenate samples containing known amounts of Compound CC were also prepared by adding 5 ⁇ L of serial dilutions (50:1) of a solution of Compound CC freshly prepared in cold ethanol to 250 ⁇ L of control rat plasma (Bioreclamation of Hicksville, N.Y.) or control brain homogenate.
- the standard plasma samples and standard brain homogenate samples were then subjected to the same extraction by protein precipitation, centrifugation, evaporation, and reconstitution procedure used for the brain homogenate to provide brain homogenate standard analysis samples and plasma standard analysis samples.
- the brain homogenate analysis samples, plasma analysis samples, and standard analysis samples were analyzed and compared using HPLC by injecting 100 ⁇ L of a sample onto a 5 ⁇ m C18 Luna column (4.6 mm ⁇ 150 mm, commercially available from Phenomenex of Torrance, Calif.) and eluting at 1 mL/min with a linear gradient of 30% aqueous acetonitrile containing 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid to 90% aqueous acetonitrile containing 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid over 8 minutes and holding at 90% aqueous acetonitrile containing 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid for 3 min.
- brain-drug concentrations were approximately 65 nmole/g and plasma concentrations were approximately 7 ⁇ M at 2 hr post-dose, resulting in a brain-plasma concentration ratio of approximately 9-fold (assuming 1 g of brain tissue is equivalent to 1 mL of plasma).
- Compound CC illustrative of the present compounds, has enhanced ability to cross the blood-brain barrier.
- this example shows that the present compounds, in particular Compound CC, when administered to a patient can cross the blood-brain barrier.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Psychology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Toxicology (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Thiazole And Isothizaole Compounds (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
This invention is generally directed to methods for treating or preventing a disease or disorder comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a Jun N-terminal kinase (JNK) inhibitor, such as an isothiazoloanthrone, isoxazoloanthrone, isoindolanthrone, or derivative thereof having the general formula:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein Ro is —CH2—, —SO—, —O—, —SO2—, or —S—.
Description
- This application is a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 10/071,390 filed Feb. 7, 2002 which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/269,013 filed Feb. 15, 2001, each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
- This invention is generally directed to methods for treating or preventing a disease or disorder comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a Jun N-terminal kinase (“JNK”) inhibitor, such as an isothiazoloanthrone, isoxazoloanthrone, isoindolanthrone, or derivative thereof, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- The Jun N-terminal kinase pathway is activated by exposure of cells to environmental stress or by treatment of cells with pro-inflammatory cytokines. Targets of the JNK pathway include the transcription factors c-jun and ATF2 (Whitmarsh A. J., and Davis R. J.J. Mol. Med. 74:589-607, 1996). These transcription factors are members of the basic leucine zipper (bZIP) group that bind as homo- and hetero-dimeric complexes to API and AP-1-like sites in the promoters of many genes (Karin M., Liu Z. G. and Zandi E. Curr Opin Cell Biol 9:240-246, 1997). JNK binds to the N-terminal region of c-jun and ATF-2 and phosphorylates two sites within the activation domain of each transcription factor (Hibi M., Lin A., Smeal T., Minden A., Karin M. Genes Dev. 7:2135-2148, 1993; Mohit A. A., Martin M. H., and Miller C. A. Neuron 14:67-75, 199). Three JNK enzymes have been identified as products of distinct genes (Hibi et al, supra; Mohit et al., supra). Ten different isoforms of JNK have been identified. These represent alternatively spliced forms of three different genes: JNK1, JNK2, and JNK3. JNK1 and 2 are ubiquitously expressed in human tissues, whereas JNK3 is selectively expressed in the brain, heart, and testis (Dong, C., Yang, D., Wysk, M., Whitmarsh, A., Davis, R., Flavell, R. Science 270:1-4, 1998). Gene transcripts are alternatively spliced to produce four-JNK1 isoforms, four-JNK2 isoforms, and two-JNK3 isoforms. JNK1 and 2 are expressed widely in mammalian tissues, whereas JNK3 is expressed almost exclusively in the brain. Selectivity of JNK signaling is achieved via specific interactions of JNK pathway components and by use of scaffold proteins that selectively bind multiple components of the signaling cascade. JIP-1 (JNK-interacting protein-1) selectively binds the MAPK module, MLK→JNKK1→JNK. It has no binding affinity for a variety of other MAPK cascade enzymes. Different scaffold proteins are likely to exist for other MAPK signaling cascades to preserve substrate specificity.
- JNKs are activated by dual phosphorylation on Thr-183 and Tyr-185. JNKK1 (also known as MKK 4) and JNKK2 (MKK7), two MAPKK level enzymes, can mediate JNK activation in cells (Lin A., Minden A., Martinetto H., Claret F.-Z., Lange-Carter C., Mercurio F., Johnson G. L., and Karin M.Science 268:286-289, 1995; Tournier C., Whitmarsh A. J., Cavanagh J., Barrett T., and Davis R. J. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 94:7337-7342, 1997). JNKK2 specifically phosphorylates JNK, whereas JNKK1 can also phosphorylate and activate p38. Both JNKK1 and JNKK2 are widely expressed in mammalian tissues. JNKK1 and JNKK2 are activated by the MAPKKK enzymes, MEKK1 and 2 (Lange-Carter C. A., Pleiman C. M., Gardner A. M., Blumer K. J., and Johnson G. L., Science, 260:315-319, 1993; Yan M., Dai J. C., Deak J. C., Kyriakis J. M., Zon L. I., Woodgett J. R., and Templeton D. J., Nature, 372:798-781, 1994). Both MEKK1 and MEKK2 are widely expressed in mammalian tissues.
- Activation of the JNK pathway has been documented in a number of disease settings, providing the rationale for targeting this pathway for drug discovery. In addition, molecular genetic approaches have validated the pathogenic role of this pathway in several diseases. For example, autoimmune and inflammatory diseases arise from the over-activation of the immune system. Activated immune cells express many genes encoding inflammatory molecules, including cytokines, growth factors, cell surface receptors, cell adhesion molecules, and degradative enzymes. Many of these genes are regulated by the JNK pathway, through activation of the transcription factors AP-1 and ATF-2, including TNFa, IL-2, E-selectin, and matrix metalloproteinases such as collagenase-1 (Manning A. M. and Mercurio F.,Exp Opin Invest Drugs, 6: 555-567, 1997). Monocytes, tissue macrophages, and tissue mast cells are key sources of TNFa production. The JNK pathway regulates TNFa production in bacterial lipopolysaccharide-stimulated macrophages, and in mast cells stimulated through the FceRII receptor (Swantek J. L., Cobb M. H., Geppert T. D., Mol. Cell. Biol., 17:6274-6282, 1997; Ishizuka, T., Tereda N., Gerwins, P., Hamelmann E., Oshiba A., Fanger G. R., Johnson G. L., and Gelfiand E. W., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 94:6358-6363, 1997). Inhibition of JNK activation effectively modulates TNFa secretion from these cells. The JNK pathway therefore regulates production of this key pro-inflammatory cytokine. Matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs) promote cartilage and bone erosion in rheumatoid arthritis, and generalized tissue destruction in other autoimmune diseases. Inducible expression of MMPs, including MMP-3 and MMP-9, type II and IV collagenases, are regulated via activation of the JNK pathway and AP-1 (Gum, R., Wang, H., Lengyel, E., Juarez, J., and Boyd, D., Oncogene, 14:1481-1493, 1997). In human rheumatoid synoviocytes activated with TNFa, IL-1, or Fas ligand the JNK pathway is activated (Han Z., Boyle D. L., Aupperle K. R., Bennett B., Manning A. M., Firestein G. S., J. Pharm. Exp. Therap., 291:1-7, 1999; Okamoto K., Fujisawa K., Hasunuma T., Kobata T., Sumida T., and Nishioka K., Arth & Rheum, 40: 919, 1997). Inhibition of JNK activation results in decreased AP-1 activation and collagenase-1 expression (Han et al., supra). The JNK pathway therefore regulates MMP expression in cells involved in rheumatoid arthritis.
- Inappropriate activation of T lymphocytes initiates and perpetuates many autoimmune diseases, including asthma, inflammatory bowel disease, and multiple sclerosis. The JNK pathway is activated in T cells by antigen stimulation and CD28 receptor co-stimulation and regulates production of the growth factor IL-2 and cellular proliferation (Su B., Jacinto E., Hibi M., Kallunki T., Karin M., Ben-Neriah Y,.Cell, 77:727-736, 1994; Faris M., Kokot N., Lee L., and Nel A. E., J. Biol. Chem., 271:27366-27373, 1996). Peripheral T cells from mice genetically deficient in JNKK1 show decreased proliferation and IL-2 production after CD28 co-stimulation and PMA/Ca2+ ionophore activation, providing important validation for the role of the JNK pathway in these cells (Nishina H., Bachmann M., Oliveria-dos-Santos A. J., et al., J. Exp. Med., 186: 941-953, 1997). It is known that T cells activated by antigen receptor stimulation in the absence of accessory cell-derived co-stimulatory signals lose the capacity to synthesize IL-2, a state called clonal anergy. This is an important process by which auto-reactive T cell populations are eliminated from the peripheral circulation. Of note, anergic T cells fail to activate the JNK pathway in response to CD3- and CD28-receptor co-stimulation, even though expression of the JNK enzymes is unchanged (Li W., Whaley C. D., Mondino A., and Mueller D. L., Science 271:1272-1276, 1996). Recently, the examination of JNK-deficient mice revealed that the JNK pathway plays a key role in T cell activation and differentiation to
T helper 1 and 2 cell types.JNK 1 or JNK2 knockout mice develop normally and are phenotypically unremarkable. Activated naive CD4+ T cells from these mice fail to produce IL-2 and do not proliferate well (Sabapathy, K, Hu, Y, Kallunki, T, Schreiber, M, David, J-P, Jochum, W, Wagner, E, Karin, M,. Curr Biol 9:116-125, 1999). It is possible to induce T cell differentiation in T cells from these mice, generating Th1 cells (producers of IFN-g and TNFβ) and Th2 effector cells (producers of IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-10, and IL-13). Deletion of either JNK1 or JNK2 in mice resulted in a selective defect in the ability of Th1 effector cells to express IFNg. This suggests that JNK1 and JNK2 do not have redundant functions in T cells and that they play different roles in the control of cell growth, differentiation, and death. The JNK pathway therefore, is an important point for regulation of T cell responses to antigen. - Cardiovascular disease (CVD) accounts for nearly one quarter of total annual deaths worldwide. Vascular disorders such as atherosclerosis and restenosis result from dysregulated growth of the vessel wall, restricting blood flow to vital organs. The JNK pathway is activated by atherogenic stimuli and regulates local cytokine and growth factor production in vascular cells (Yang, D D, Conze, D, Whitmarsh, A J, et al.,Immunity, 9:575, 1998). In addition, alterations in blood flow, hemodynamic forces, and blood volume lead to JNK activation in vascular endothelium, leading to AP-1 activation and pro-atherosclerotic gene expression (Aspenstrom P., Lindberg U., and Hall A., Curr. Biol. 6:7077, 1996). Ischemia and ischemia coupled with reperfusion in the heart, kidney, or brain results in cell death and scar formation, which can ultimately lead to congestive heart failure, renal failure, or cerebral dysfunction. In organ transplantation, reperfusion of previously ischemic donor organs results in acute leukocyte-mediated tissue injury and delay of graft function. The JNK pathway is activated by ischemia and reperfusion (Li Y., Shyy J., Li S., Lee J., Su B., Karin M., Chien S., Mol. Cell. Biol., 16:5947-5954, 1996), leading to the activation of JNK-responsive genes and leukocyte-mediated tissue damage. In a number of different settings JNK activation can be either pro- or anti-apoptotic. JNK activation is correlated with enhanced apoptosis in cardiac tissues following ischemia and reperfusion (Pombo C M, Bonventre J V, Avruch J, Woodgett J R, Kyriakis J. M, Force T., J. Biol. Chem. 269:26546-26551, 1994).
- Cancer is characterized by uncontrolled growth, proliferation and migration of cells. Cancer is the second leading cause of death with 500,000 deaths and an estimated 1.3 million new cases in the United States in 1996. The role of signal transduction pathways contributing to cell transformation and cancer is a generally accepted concept. The JNK pathway leading to AP-1 appears to play a critical role in cancer. Expression of c-jun is altered in early lung cancer and may mediate growth factor signaling in non-small cell lung cancer (Yin T., Sandhu G., Wolfgang C. D., Burrier A., Webb R. L., Rigel D. F. Hai T., and Whelan J.,J. Biol. Chem. 272:19943-19950, 1997). Indeed, over-expression of c jun in cells results in transformation, and blocking c-jun activity inhibits MCF-7 colony formation (Szabo E., Riffe M., Steinberg S. M., Birrer M. J., Linnnoila R. I., Cancer Res. 56:305-315, 1996). DNA-damaging agents, ionizing radiation, and tumor necrosis factor activate the JNK pathway. In addition to regulating c-jun production and activity, JNK activation can regulate phosphorylation of p53 and, thus, can modulate cell cycle progression (Chen T. K., Smith L. M., Gebhardt D. K., Birrer M. J., Brown P. H,. Mol. Carcinogenesis, 15:215-226, 1996). The oncogene BCR-Abl, associated with t(9,22) Philadelphia chromosome translocation of chronic myelogenous leukemia, activates JNK and leads to transformation of hematopoietic cells (Milne D. M., Campbell L. E., Campbell D. G., Meek D. W., J. Biol. Chem. 270:5511-5518, 1995). Selective inhibition of JNK activation by a naturally occurring JNK inhibitory protein, called JIP-1, blocks cellular transformation caused by BCR-Abl expression (Raitano A. B., Halpern J. R., Hambuch T. M., Sawyers C. L., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci USA, 92:11746-11750, 1995). Thus, JNK inhibitors may block transformation and tumor cell growth.
- Stroke is the 3rd leading cause of death and a leading cause of disability in the U.S. Stroke, along with neurodegenerative diseases, such as Alzheimer's (AD) and Parkinson's disease (PD) impose a huge burden on the health care industry by impacting the quality of life of those affected. Loss of neuronal cell populations in stroke, AD, or PD underlies the motor and/or cognitive deficiencies in these patient populations. The mechanism by which neurons die in response to insult has not been fully elucidated; however, activation of the JNK pathway has been implicated as a major signaling pathway for neuronal apoptosis. (For review see Mielke K. and Herdegen T. Prog. Neurobiol. 61:45-60, 2000). A variety of insults have been shown to activate the JNK pathway in neurons. For example, activation of JNKs and phosphorylation of c-jun has been shown in brains of rats subjected to axotomy or ischemia with reperfusion, where neuronal cell loss was observed (Herdegen T., Claret F.-X., Kallunki, T., Matin-Villalba A., Winter C., Hunter T. and Karin M. J. Neurosci. 18:5124-5135, 1998). Further, inhibition of the mixed lineage kinase (MLK)-3, an upstream kinase in the JNK pathway, by CEP-1347 prevented motoneuron cell death following growth factor withdrawal in vitro (Maroney A. C., Glicksman M. A., Basma A. N., Walton K. M., Knight Jr. E., Murphy C. A., Bartlett B. A., Finn J. P., Angeles T., Matsuda Y., Neff N. T. and Dionne C. A., J. Neurosci. 18:104-111, 1998), protected cholinergic neurons following excitotoxic injury of the nucleus basalis magnocellularis (Saporito M. S., Brown, E. R., Miller M. S., Murakata C., Neff N. H., Vaught J. L., and Carswell S. Neuroscience 86:461-472, 1998), and blocked the degeneration of midbrain dopamine neurons in mice treated with the neurotoxin, 1-methyl-4-phenyl tetrahydropyridine (Saporito M. S., Brown E. M., Miller M. S. and Carswell S. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1999). While JNK1 and JNK2 enzymes have a widespread tissue distribution, JNK3 is selectively expressed in brain and to a lesser extent in the heart and testis (Dong C., Yang D., Wysk M., Whitmarsh A., Davis R., and Flavell R. Science 270:1-4, 1998). Because of this restricted distribution, JNK3 may be the prevailing kinase mediating neuronal apoptosis. In support of JNK3's involvement in neuronal apoptosis, disruption of the gene encoding JNK3 in mice confers resistance to kainic acid—induced seizures and subsequent hippocampal neuronal cell death (Yang D. D., Kuan C.-Y., Whitmarsh A. J., Rincon M., Zheng T. S., Davis R. J., Rakic P. and Flavell R. A. Nature 389:865-870, 1997). Mounting evidence points to a role for the JNK pathway in neuronal apoptosis. Therefore, selective JNK inhibitors should prevent neuronal cell death observed in disorders and diseases of the CNS.
- The involvement of JNK in insulin mediated diseases such as Type II diabetes and obesity has also been confirmed (Hirosumi, J. et al.Nature 420:333-336, 2002; International Publication No. WO 02/085396). Without being limited by theory, it is thought that phosphorylation at Ser 307 of insulin receptor substrate (“IRS-1”) is responsible for TNF-α-induced and FFA-induced insulin resistance (Hotamisigil, G. H. Science 271:665-668, 1996). This was demonstrated in a cellular model of insulin resistance in liver cells where increased Ser 307 phosphorylation of IRS-1 was seen in cells treated with TNF-α (Hirosumi, J. Id.). It was also shown that the TNF-αα-induced Ser 307 phosphorylation was completely prevented by an inhibitor of JNK (Id.). Elevated TNF-α expression in adipose tissue has also been linked to obesity and insulin resistance (Spiegelman, B. M. et al. J. Biol. Chem. 286(10):6823-6826, 1993). Additional studies have demonstrated that inhibition of the JNK pathway inhibits TNF-α lipolysis which has been implicated in diseases characterized by insulin resistance (International Publication No. WO 99/53927).
- Accordingly, there is a need in the art for treating or preventing a disease associated with modulation of JNK, compositions comprising modulators of JNK, and methods of modulating JNK and treating or preventing a disorder that is alleviated by modulation of JNK. The present invention fulfills these needs, and provides further related advantages.
- Citations or identification of any reference in Section 2 of this application is not to be construed that such reference is prior art to the present application.
-
- or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,
- being (i) unsubstituted, (ii) monosubstituted and having a first substituent, or (iii) disubstituted and having a first substituent and a second substituent;
- the first or second substituent, when present, is at the 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, or 10 position;
- the first and second substituent, when present, are independently alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl.
- In one embodiment, the first and second substituent of compounds of Formula I, when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl.
-
- or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,
- being (i) unsubstituted, (ii) monosubstituted and having a first substituent, or (iii) disubstituted and having a first substituent and a second substituent;
- the first or second substituent, when present, is at the 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, or 10 position;
- wherein the first and second substituent, when present, are independently alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b) (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, and di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, di-alkylaminoalkyl.
- In one embodiment, the first and second substituent of compounds of Formula II, when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl.
-
- or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,
- being (i) monosubstituted and having a first substituent or (ii) disubstituted and having a first substituent and a second substituent;
- the first or second substituent, when present, is at the 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, or 10 position;
- wherein the first and second substituent, when present, are independently alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c) (d), (e), or (f):
- wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl;
- with the proviso that if the first substituent is halogen or alkoxy, the compound is disubstituted.
- In one embodiment, the first and second substituent of compounds of Formula III, when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl;
- with the proviso that if the first substituent is halogen or alkoxy, the compound is disubstituted.
-
- or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,
- being (i) monosubstituted and having a first substituent present at the 5, 7, or 9 position, (ii) disubstituted and having a first substituent present at the 5 position and a second substituent present at the 7 position, (iii) disubstituted and having a first substituent present at the 5 position and a second substituent present at the 9 position, or (iv) disubstituted and having a first substituent present at the 7 position and a second substituent present at the 9 position;
- wherein the first and second substituent, when present, are independently alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl;
- with the proviso that when the first substituent is present at the 7 position and is halogen, nitro, or a group represented by the formula (a), the compound is disubstituted.
- In one embodiment, the first and second substituent of compounds of Formula IV, when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl;
- with the proviso that when the first substituent is present at the 7 position and is halogen, nitro, or a group represented by the formula (a), the compound is disubstituted.
-
- or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,
- being (i) monosubstituted and having a first substituent present at the 5, 7, or 9 position, (ii) disubstituted and having a first substituent present at the 5 position and a second substituent present at the 9 position, (iii) disubstituted and having a first substituent present at the 7 position and a second substituent present at the 9 position, or (iv) disubstituted and having a first substituent present at the 5 position and a second substituent present at the 7 position;
- wherein the first and second substituent, when present, are independently alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl;
- with the proviso that if the first substituent is halogen or alkoxy, then the compound is disubstituted;
- with the further proviso that if the compound is monosubstituted and has a first substituent at the 5 or 7 position, then the first substituent is a group represented by the formula (e) or (f);
- and with the further proviso that if the compound is disubstituted and has a substituent present at the 7 position, then the substituent present at the 7 position is not a group represented by the formula (a) or (c).
- In one embodiment, the first and second substituent of compounds of Formula V, when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl;
- with the proviso that if the first substituent is halogen or alkoxy, then the compound is disubstituted;
- with the further proviso that if the compound is monosubstituted and has a first substituent at the 5 or 7 position, then the first substituent is a group represented by the formula (e) or (f);
- and with the further proviso that if the compound is disubstituted and has a substituent present at the 7 position, then the substituent present at the 7 position is not a group represented by the formula (a) or (c).
- The compounds of Formulas I-V, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are useful for modulating JNK. Accordingly, the compounds of Formulas I-V, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are useful for treating or preventing a disease associated with the modulation of JNK. Preferably, the compounds of Formulas I-V, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, inhibit JNK.
- The compounds of Formula I-V, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are also useful for treating or preventing an inflammatory condition including, but not limited to: diabetes (such as Type II diabetes, Type I diabetes, diabetes insipidus, diabetes mellitus, maturity-onset diabetes, juvenile diabetes, insulin-dependant diabetes, non-insulin dependant diabetes, malnutrition-related diabetes, ketosis-prone diabetes or ketosis-resistant diabetes); nephropathy (such as glomerulonephritis or acute/chronic kidney failure); obesity (such as hereditary obesity, dietary obesity, hormone related obesity or obesity related to the administration of medication); hearing loss (such as that from otitis externa or acute otitis media); fibrosis related diseases (such as pulmonary interstitial fibrosis, renal fibrosis, cystic fibrosis, liver fibrosis, wound-healing or burn-healing, wherein the burn is a first-, second- or third-degree burn and/or a thermal, chemical or electrical burn); arthritis (such as rheumatoid arthritis, rheumatoid spondylitis, osteoarthritis or gout); an allergy; allergic rhinitis; acute respiratory distress syndrome; asthma; bronchitis; an inflammatory bowel disease (such as irritable bowel syndrome, mucous colitis, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, gastritis, esophagitis, pancreatitis or peritonitis); or an autoimmune disease (such as scleroderma, systemic lupus erythematosus, myasthenia gravis, transplant rejection, endotoxin shock, sepsis, psoriasis, eczema, dermatitis or multiple sclerosis).
- The compounds of Formula I-V, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are also useful for treating or preventing a liver disease (such as hepatitis, alcohol-induced liver disease, toxin-induced liver disease, steatosis or sclerosis); a cardiovascular disease (such as atherosclerosis, restenosis following angioplasty, left ventricular hypertrophy, myocardial infarction, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or stroke); ischemic damage (such as to the heart, kidney, liver or brain); ischemia-reperfusion injury (such as that caused by transplant, surgical trauma, hypotension, thrombosis or trauma injury); neurodegenerative disease (such as epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, peripheral neuropathies, spinal cord damage, AIDS dementia complex or Parkinson's disease); or cancer (such as cancer of the head, neck, eye, mouth, throat, esophagus, chest, bone, lung, colon, rectum, stomach, prostate, breast, ovaries, testicles or other reproductive organs, skin, thyroid, blood, lymph nodes, kidney, liver, pancreas, and brain or central nervous system).
- In one embodiment, the present methods for treating or preventing further comprise the administration of an effective amount of another therapeutic agent useful for treating or preventing the diseases or disorders disclosed herein. In this embodiment, the time in which the therapeutic effect of the other therapeutic agent is exerted overlaps with the time in which the therapeutic effect of the compound of Formula I-V, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, is exerted.
- The invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of Formula I-V, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
- The present invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising:
-
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
- wherein R0 is —O—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2— or —CH2—;
- the compound being (i) unsubstituted, (ii) monosubstituted and having a first substituent, or (iii) disubstituted and having a first substituent and a second substituent;
- the first or second substituent, when present, is at the 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, or 10 position, wherein the first and second substituent, when present, are independently alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- (B) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
- In one embodiment, the first or second substituent of compounds of Formula VI, when present, is at the 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, or 10 position, wherein the first and second substituent, when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl.
- The pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of formula VI are useful for modulating JNK. Accordingly, the compositions comprising a compound of formula VI are useful for treating or preventing a disease or disorder associated with the inhibition of JNK. The compositions comprising a compound of formula VI are also useful for treating or preventing an inflammatory condition including, but not limited to: diabetes (such as Type II diabetes, Type I diabetes, diabetes insipidus, diabetes mellitus, maturity-onset diabetes, juvenile diabetes, insulin-dependant diabetes, non-insulin dependant diabetes, malnutrition-related diabetes, ketosis-prone diabetes or ketosis-resistant diabetes); nephropathy (such as glomerulonephritis or acute/chronic kidney failure); obesity (such as hereditary obesity, dietary obesity, hormone related obesity or obesity related to the administration of medication); hearing loss (such as that from otitis externa or acute otitis media); fibrosis related diseases (such as pulmonary interstitial fibrosis, renal fibrosis, cystic fibrosis, liver fibrosis, wound-healing or burn-healing, wherein the burn is a first-, second- or third-degree burn and/or a thermal, chemical or electrical burn); arthritis (such as rheumatoid arthritis, rheumatoid spondylitis, osteoarthritis or gout); an allergy; allergic rhinitis; acute respiratory distress syndrome; asthma; bronchitis; an inflammatory bowel disease (such as irritable bowel syndrome, mucous colitis, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, gastritis, esophagitis, pancreatitis or peritonitis); or an autoimmune disease (such as scleroderma, systemic lupus erythematosus, myasthenia gravis, transplant rejection, endotoxin shock, sepsis, psoriasis, eczema, dermatitis or multiple sclerosis).
- The compounds of Formula I-V, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are also useful for treating or preventing a liver disease (such as hepatitis, alcohol-induced liver disease, toxin-induced liver disease, steatosis or sclerosis); a cardiovascular disease (such as atherosclerosis, restenosis following angioplasty, left ventricular hypertrophy, myocardial infarction, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or stroke); ischemic damage (such as to the heart, kidney, liver or brain); ischemia-reperfusion injury (such as that caused by transplant, surgical trauma, hypotension, thrombosis or trauma injury); neurodegenerative disease (such as epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, peripheral neuropathies, spinal cord damage, AIDS dementia complex or Parkinson's disease); or cancer (such as cancer of the head, neck, eye, mouth, throat, esophagus, chest, bone, lung, colon, rectum, stomach, prostate, breast, ovaries, testicles or other reproductive organs, skin, thyroid, blood, lymph nodes, kidney, liver, pancreas, and brain or central nervous system).
- In one embodiment, the present methods for treating or preventing further comprise the administration of an effective amount of another therapeutic agent useful for treating or preventing the diseases or disorders disclosed herein. In this embodiment, the time in which the therapeutic effect of the other therapeutic agent is exerted overlaps with the time in which the therapeutic effect of the compound of Formula VI is exerted.
- The invention also relates to methods for treating or preventing a disease associated with inhibition of JNK, which comprises administering to a patient in need thereof a composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- The present invention may be understood more fully by reference to the brief description of the drawings, detailed description, and examples, which are intended to exemplify non-limiting embodiments of the invention.
- FIG. 1 describes the effect of Compound CC on dopamine uptake in rat ventral mesencephalan neurons following exposure to the neurotoxin 6-OHDA. In FIG. 1 ♦ represents ventral mesencephalan neurons treated only with 6-OHDA and -♦- represents ventral mesencephalan neurons treated with 6-OHDA and Compound CC.
- As used herein, the terms used above have the following meaning:
- An “effective amount” when used in connection with a Compound of Formula I-VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is an amount effective for treating or preventing an inflammatory condition, a liver disease, a cardiovascular disease, a neurodegenerative disease or cancer.
- A “patient” includes an animal (e.g., cow, horse, sheep, pig, chicken, turkey, quail, cat, dog, mouse, rat, rabbit or guinea pig), in one embodiment a mammal such as a non-primate and a primate (e.g., monkey and human), and in another embodiment a human. In certain embodiments, the patient is an infant, child, adolescent or adult.
- “Alkyl” means a straight chain or branched, saturated or unsaturated chain having from 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Representative saturated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, 2-methyl-1-propyl, 2-methyl-2-propyl, 2-methyl-1-butyl, 3-methyl-1-butyl, 2-methyl-3-butyl, 2,2-dimethyl-1-propyl, 2-methyl-1-pentyl, 3-methyl-1-pentyl, 4-methyl-1-pentyl, 2-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-methyl-2-pentyl, 4-methyl-2-pentyl, 2,2-dimethyl-1-butyl, 3,3-dimethyl-1-butyl, 2-ethyl-1-butyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, and n-hexyl, and longer alkyl groups, such as heptyl, and octyl. An alkyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted. Unsaturated alkyl groups include alkenyl groups and alkynyl groups, discussed below.
- An “alkenyl group” means a monovalent unbranched or branched hydrocarbon chain having one or more double bonds therein. The double bond of an alkenyl group can be unconjugated or conjugated to another unsaturated group. Suitable alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, (C2-C6)alkenyl groups, such as vinyl, allyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, butadienyl, pentadienyl, hexadienyl, 2-ethylhexenyl, 2-propyl-2-butenyl, 4-(2-methyl-3-butene)-pentenyl. An alkenyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted.
- An “alkynyl group” means a monovalent unbranched or branched hydrocarbon chain having one or more triple bonds therein. The triple bond of an alkynyl group can be unconjugated or conjugated to another unsaturated group. Suitable alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, (C2-C6)alkynyl groups, such as ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, methylpropynyl, 4-methyl-1-butynyl, 4-propyl-2-pentynyl, and 4-butyl-2-hexynyl. An alkynyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted. “Halogen” means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
- “Trifluoromethyl” means —CF3.
- “Sulfonyl” means —SO3H;
- “Carboxyl” means —COOH.
- “Alkoxy” means —O-(alkyl), wherein alkyl is defined above.
- “Alkoxyalkoxy” means —O-(alkyl)-O-(alkyl), wherein each “alkyl” is independently an alkyl group defined above. Preferably, akoxyalkoxy is —OCH2OCH3 or —OCH2CH2OCH3.
- “Alkoxycarbonyl” means —C(═O)O-(alkyl), wherein alkyl is defined above.
- “Alkoxycarbonylalkyl” means -(alkyl)-C(═O)O-(alkyl), wherein alkyl is defined above.
- “Alkoxyalkyl” means -(alkyl)-O-(alkyl), wherein each “alkyl” is independently an alkyl group defined above. Preferably, alkoxyalkyl is —CH2OCH3 or —CH2OCH2CH3.
- “Aryl” means a carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic group containing from 5 to 10 ring atoms. The ring atoms of a carbocyclic aromatic group are all carbon atoms, and include, but are not limited to, phenyl, tolyl, anthracenyl, fluorenyl, indenyl, azulenyl, and naphthyl, as well as benzo-fused carbocyclic moieties such as 5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthyl. A carbocyclic aromatic group can be unsubstituted or substituted. Preferably, the carbocyclic aromatic group is a phenyl group. The ring atoms of a heterocyclic aromatic group contains at least one heteroatom, preferably 1 to 3 heteroatoms, independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. Illustrative examples of heterocyclic aromatic groups include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazyl, triazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, (1,2,3,)- and (1,2,4)-triazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, furyl, phienyl, isoxazolyl, indolyl, oxetanyl, azepinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, dioxanyl, thietanyl and oxazolyl. A heterocyclic aromatic group can be unsubstituted or substituted. Preferably, a heterocyclic aromatic is a monocyclic ring, wherein the ring comprises 2 to 5 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms.
- “Aryloxy” means —O-aryl group, wherein aryl is as defined above. An aryloxy group can be unsubstituted or substituted. Preferably, the aryl ring of an aryloxy group is a phenyl group.
- “Arylalkyl” means -(alkyl)-(aryl), wherein alkyl and aryl are defined above. Preferably arylalkyl is benzyl (i.e., —CH2-phenyl) or —CH2-pyrindinyl.
- “Arylalkyloxy” means —O-(alkyl)-(aryl), wherein alkyl and aryl are defined above. Preferably, arylalkyloxy is —O-benzyl or —O—CH2-pyridinyl.
- “Cycloalkyl” means a monocyclic or polycyclic saturated ring comprising carbon and hydrogen atoms and having no carbon-carbon multiple bonds. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl groups, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cycloheptyl, and saturated cyclic and bicyclic terpenes. A cycloalkyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted. Preferably, the cycloalkyl group is a monocyclic ring or bicyclic ring.
- “Cycloalkyloxy” means —O-(cycloalkyl), wherein cycloalkyl is defined above.
- “Cycloalkylalkyloxy” means —O-(alkyl)-(cycloalkyl), wherein cycloalkyl and alkyl are defined above. Preferably, cycloalkylalkyloxy is —OCH2-cyclohexyl.
- “Alkylidene” means the divalent radical —CnH2n—, wherein n is an integer from 1 to 8, such as —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, —CH2—CH2—CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2—, and the like, unsubstituted or substituted with one or more alkyl groups.
- “Heteroatom-containing alkylidene” means an alkylidene wherein at least one carbon atom is replaced by a heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, such as —CH2CH2OCH2CH2—, and the like, unsubstituted or substituted with one or more alkyl groups.
- “Aminoalkoxy” means —O-(alkyl)-NH2, wherein alkyl is defined above.
- “Mono-alkylamino” means —NH(alkyl), wherein alkyl is defined above.
- “Di-alkylamino” means —N(alkyl)(alkyl), wherein each “alkyl” is independently an alkyl group defined above.
- “Mono-alkylaminoalkoxy” means —O-(alkyl)-NH(alkyl), wherein each “alkyl” is independently an alkyl group defined above.
- “Di-alkylaminoalkoxy” means —O-(alkyl)N(alkyl)(alkyl), wherein each “alkyl” is independently an alkyl group defined above.
- “Arylamino” means —NH(aryl), wherein aryl is defined above.
- “Arylalkylamino” means —NH-(alkyl)-(aryl), wherein alkyl and aryl are defined above. Preferably, arylalkylamino is —NH-benzyl or —NHCH2-pyridinyl.
- “Alkylamino” means —NH(alkyl), wherein alkyl is defined above.
- “Cycloalkylamino” means —NH-(cycloalkyl), wherein cyclohexyl is defined above.
- “Cycloalkylalkylamino” means —NH-(alkyl)-(cycloalkyl), wherein alkyl and cycloalkyl are defined above. Preferably, cycloalkylalkylamino is —NHCH2-cyclohexyl.
- “Aminoalkyl” means -(alkyl)-NH2, wherein alkyl is defined above.
- “Mono-alkylaminoalkyl” means -(alkyl)-NH(alkyl), wherein each “alkyl” is independently an alkyl group defined above.
- “Di-alkylaminoalkyl” means -(alkyl)-N(alkyl)(alkyl), wherein each “alkyl” is independently an alkyl group defined above.
- The phrase “modulation of JNK” or “by modulating JNK” means the inhibition or activation, preferably the inhibition, of a protein and one or more isoforms thereof expressed by
JNK 1, JNK 2, and JNK 3 genes. - “JNK” means a protein and includes all isoforms thereof expressed by
JNK 1, JNK 2, and JNK 3 genes. The JNK inhibitors can inhibit one or more of the isoforms expressed byJNK 1, JNK 2, or JNK 3 genes. - The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s),” as used herein includes, but is not limited to, salts of acidic or basic groups that can be present in compounds of Formula I-VI. Compounds that are basic in nature are capable of forming a wide variety of salts with various inorganic and organic acids. The acids that can be used to prepare pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of such basic compounds are those that form non-toxic acid addition salts, i.e., salts containing pharmacologically acceptable anions. Suitable organic acids include, but are not limited to, maleic, fumaric, benzoic, ascorbic, succinic, acetic, trifluoroacetic, formic, oxalic, propionic, tartaric, salicylic, citric, gluconic, lactic, mandelic, cinnamic, oleic, tannic, aspartic, stearic, palmitic, glycolic, glutamic, gluconic, glucaronic, saccharic, isonicotinic, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic, benzenesulfonic acids, and pamoic (i.e., 1,1′-methylene-bis-(2-hydroxy-3-naphthoate) acids. Suitable inorganic acids include hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, phosphoric, and nitric acids. Compounds that include an amine moiety can form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with various amino acids, in addition to the acids mentioned above. Compounds that are acidic in nature are capable of forming base salts with various pharmacologically acceptable cations. Examples of such salts include alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts and, particularly, calcium, magnesium, sodium, lithium, zinc, potassium, and iron salts. Thus, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s)” of a compound of Formula I-VI is intended to encompass any and all acceptable salt forms.
-
- and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,
- being (i) unsubstituted, (ii) monosubstituted and having a first substituent, or (iii) disubstituted and having a first substituent and a second substituent;
- the first or second substituent, when present, is at the 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, or 10 position;
- wherein the first and second substituent, when present, are independently alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl.
- In one embodiment, the first and second substituent of compounds of Formula I, when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl.
- A preferred subclass of the compounds of Formula I is that wherein the first or second substituent are present at the 5, 7, or 9 position. More preferably, the first or second substituent are present at the 5 or 7 position.
- A second preferred class of compounds of Formula I is that wherein:
- the first or second substituent are present at the 5, 7, or 9 position;
- the first or second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, di-alkylaminoalkyl, or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl.
-
- and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,
- being (i) unsubstituted, (ii) monosubstituted and having a first substituent, or (ii) disubstituted and having a first substituent and a second substituent;
- the first or second substituent, when present, is at the 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, or 10 position;
- wherein the first and second substituent, when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b) (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl.
- In one embodiment, the first and second substituent of compounds of Formula II, when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b) (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl.
- A preferred subclass of the compounds of Formula II is that wherein the first or second substituent are present at the 5, 7, or 9 position. More preferably, the first or second substituent are present at the 5 or 7 position.
- A second preferred subclass of the compounds of Formula II is that wherein:
- the first or second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy, or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl.
-
- and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,
- being (i) monosubstituted and having a first substituent or (ii) disubstituted and having a first substituent and a second substituent;
- the first or second substituent, when present, is at the 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, or 10 position;
- wherein the first and second substituent, when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c) (d), (e), or (f):
- wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl;
- with the proviso that if the first substituent is halogen or alkoxy, the compound is disubstituted.
- In one embodiment, the first and second substituent of compounds of Formula III, when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c) (d), (e), or (f):
- wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl;
- with the proviso that if the first substituent is halogen or alkoxy, the compound is disubstituted.
- A preferred subclass of the compounds of Formula III is that wherein the first or second substituent are present at the 5, 7, or 9 position. More preferably, the first or second substituent are present at the 5 or 7 position.
- A second preferred subclass of the compounds of Formula III is that wherein:
- the first or second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, di-alkylaminoalkyl, or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl.
-
- and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,
- being (i) monosubstituted and having a first substituent present at the 5, 7, or 9 position, (ii) disubstituted and having a first substituent present at the 5 position and a second substituent present at the 7 position, (iii) disubstituted and having a first substituent present at the 5 position and a second substituent present at the 9 position, or (iv) disubstituted and having a first substituent present at the 7 position and a second substituent present at the 9 position;
- wherein the first and second substituent, when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl;
- with the proviso that when the first substituent is present at the 7 position and is halogen, nitro, or a group represented by the formula (a), the compound is disubstituted.
- In one embodiment, the first and second substituent of compounds of Formula IV, when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl;
- with the proviso that when the first substituent is present at the 7 position and is halogen, nitro, or a group represented by the formula (a), the compound is disubstituted.
- A preferred class of the compounds of Formula V is that wherein the first or second substituent are present at the 5 or 7 position.
- A second preferred subclass of the compounds of Formula 1V is that wherein the first or second substituent are independently alkyl, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f).
- Another preferred subclass of the compounds of Formula (V is that wherein:
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy, or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f;
- R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, or cycloalkylalkyl.
-
- and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,
- being (i) monosubstituted and having a first substituent present at the 5, 7, or 9 position, (ii) disubstituted and having a first substituent present at the 5 position and a second substituent present at the 9 position, (iii) disubstituted and having a first substituent present at the 7 position and a second substituent present at the 9 position, or (iv) disubstituted and having a first substituent present at the 5 position and a second substituent present at the 7 position;
- wherein the first and second substituent, when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl;
- with the proviso that if the first substituent is halogen or alkoxy, then the compound is disubstituted;
- with the further proviso that if the compound is monosubstituted and has a first substituent at the 5 or 7 position, then the first substituent is a group represented by the formula (e) or (f);
- and with the further proviso that if the compound is disubstituted and has a substituent present at the 7 position, then the substituent present at the 7 position is not a group represented by the formula (a) or (c).
- In one embodiment, the first and second substituent of compounds of Formula V, when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl;
- with the proviso that if the first substituent is halogen or alkoxy, then the compound is disubstituted;
- with the further proviso that if the compound is monosubstituted and has a first substituent at the 5 or 7 position, then the first substituent is a group represented by the formula (e) or (f);
- and with the further proviso that if the compound is disubstituted and has a substituent present at the 7 position, then the substituent present at the 7 position is not a group represented by the formula (a) or (c).
- A preferred subclass of the compounds of Formula V is that wherein the first or second substituent are present at the 5 or 7 position.
- A second preferred subclass of the compounds of Formula V is that wherein the compound of Formula V is disubstituted and at least one of the substituents is a group represented by the formula (d) or (f).
- Another preferred class of the compounds of Formula V is that wherein the compounds are monosubstituted. Most preferred are compounds that are monosubstituted at the 5 or 7 position with a group represented by the formula (e) or (f).
- The compounds of Formulas I-V, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are useful for modulating JNK. Accordingly, the compounds of Formulas I-V, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are useful for treating or preventing a disease associated with the modulation of JNK. Preferably, the compounds of Formulas I-V, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, inhibit JNK.
- The compounds of Formula I-V, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, are also useful for treating or preventing an inflammatory condition including, but not limited to: diabetes (such as Type II diabetes, Type I diabetes, diabetes insipidus, diabetes mellitus, maturity-onset diabetes, juvenile diabetes, insulin-dependant diabetes, non-insulin dependant diabetes, malnutrition-related diabetes, ketosis-prone diabetes or ketosis-resistant diabetes); nephropathy (such as glomerulonephritis or acute/chronic kidney failure); obesity (such as hereditary obesity, dietary obesity, hormone related obesity or obesity related to the administration of medication); hearing loss (such as that from otitis externa or acute otitis media); fibrosis related diseases (such as pulmonary interstitial fibrosis, renal fibrosis, cystic fibrosis, liver fibrosis, wound-healing or burn-healing, wherein the burn is a first-, second- or third-degree burn and/or a thermal, chemical or electrical burn); arthritis (such as rheumatoid arthritis, rheumatoid spondylitis, osteoarthritis or gout); an allergy; allergic rhinitis; acute respiratory distress syndrome; asthma; bronchitis; an inflammatory bowel disease (such as irritable bowel syndrome, mucous colitis, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, gastritis, esophagitis, pancreatitis or peritonitis); or an autoimmune disease (such as scleroderma, systemic lupus erythematosus, myasthenia gravis, transplant rejection, endotoxin shock, sepsis, psoriasis, eczema, dermatitis or multiple sclerosis).
- The compounds of Formula I-V, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are also useful for treating or preventing a liver disease (such as hepatitis, alcohol-induced liver disease, toxin-induced liver disease, steatosis or sclerosis); a cardiovascular disease (such as atherosclerosis, restenosis following angioplasty, left ventricular hypertrophy, myocardial infarction, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or stroke); ischemic damage (such as to the heart, kidney, liver or brain); ischemia-reperfusion injury (such as that caused by transplant, surgical trauma, hypotension, thrombosis or trauma injury); neurodegenerative disease (such as epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, peripheral neuropathies, spinal cord damage, AIDS dementia complex or Parkinson's disease); or cancer (such as cancer of the head, neck, eye, mouth, throat, esophagus, chest, bone, lung, colon, rectum, stomach, prostate, breast, ovaries, testicles or other reproductive organs, skin, thyroid, blood, lymph nodes, kidney, liver, pancreas, and brain or central nervous system).
- In one embodiment, the present methods for treating or preventing further comprise the administration of an effective amount of another therapeutic agent useful for treating or preventing the diseases or disorders disclosed herein. In this embodiment, the time in which the therapeutic effect of the other therapeutic agent is exerted overlaps with the time in which the therapeutic effect of the compound of Formula I-V, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is exerted.
- In one embodiment, the other therapeutic agent is an anti-inflammatory agent. Examples of anti-inflammatory agents include, but are not limited to, steroids (e.g., cortisol, cortisone, fludrocortisone, prednisone, 6α-methylprednisone, triamcinolone, betamethasone or dexamethasone), nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs (NSAIDS (e.g., aspirin, acetaminophen, tolmetin, ibuprofen, mefenamic acid, piroxicam, nabumetone, rofecoxib, celecoxib, etodolac or nimesulide). In another embodiment, the other therapeutic agent is an antiobiotic (e.g., vancomycin, penicillin, amoxicillin, ampicillin, cefotaxime, ceftriaxone, cefixime, rifampinmetronidazole, doxycycline or streptomycin). In another embodiment, the other therapeutic agent is a PDE4 inhibitor (e.g., roflumilast or rolipram).
- In another embodiment, the other therapeutic agent is an antihistamine (e.g., cyclizine, hydroxyzine, promethazine or diphenhydramine). In another embodiment, the other therapeutic agent is an anti-malarial (e.g., artemisinin, artemether, artsunate, chloroquine phosphate, mefloquine hydrochloride, doxycycline hyclate, proguanil hydrochloride, atovaquone or halofantrine). In one embodiment, the other therapeutic agent is drotrecogin alfa.
-
- The first step involves halogenation of 1-methylanthraquinone or an appropriately monosubstituted or disubstituted 1-methylanthroquinone with a halogenating agent in a suitable solvent, or in the absence of solvent, at temperatures from about 25° C. to about 200° C. for about 1 to about 16 hours. Representative halogenating agents include, but are not limited to, thionyl chloride, thionyl bromide, POCl3, POBr3, N-bromosuccinimide, and N-chlorosuccinimide. Suitable solvents are, for example, benzene, tetrahydrofuran (THF), and ether. The resulting halogenated intermediate is then treated with ammonia in a suitable solvent at temperatures from about 25° C. to about 200° C. for about 1 to about 16 hours. Suitable solvents are, for example, ethanol and methanol.
-
- The first step involves reacting anthroquinone or an appropriately monosubstituted or disubstituted anthroquinone with trichloroacetic acid-(hydroxymethylamide) in the presence of an acid, such as sulfuric acid or hydrochloric acid, in a suitable solvent or in the absence of solvent, to provide a 2,2,2-trichloroacetyl-aminomethyl substituted anthraquinone. Suitable solvents are, for example, nitrobenzene, dichlorobenzene, and nitromethane. The second step involves reacting the 2,2,2-trichloroacetyl-aminomethyl substituted anthraquinone with a base catalyst in a suitable solvent. Suitable base catalysts include, but are not limited to, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, potassium carbonate, sodium methoxide, and sodium ethoxide.
- Suitable solvents are, for example, water, methanol, and ethanol.
- Compounds of Formula II, the compound of Formula II being defined above, can be prepared by oxidizing compounds of Formula V with a stoichiometric amount of a mild oxidizing agent in a suitable solvent at temperatures from about 0° C. to about 200° C. for about 1 to about 24 hours. Suitable reducing agents include, but are not limited to, sodium hypochlorite, meta-chloroperbenzoic acid, pyridinium chlorochromate, dipyridine Cr(VI) oxide, and pyridinium dichromate. Suitable solvents are, for example, hydrocarbon solvents and chlorinated solvents, such as methylene chloride and carbon tetrachloride.
-
- The reaction is carried out in a suitable solvent at temperatures from about 0° C. to about 200° C. for about 1 to about 16 hours. Suitable solvents are, for example, ethanol, methanol, and THF. Suitable leaving groups include, but are not limited to fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, nitro, methanesulfonyloxy, tosyloxy, and phenoxy.
- Compounds of Formula IV, the compound of Formula IV being defined above, can be prepared by oxidizing compounds of Formula V with an excess of the oxidizing agents used to prepare the compounds of Formula II. The reaction is conducted in a suitable solvent at temperatures from about 0° C. to about 200° C. for about 1 to about 24 hours. Suitable solvents are, for example, hydrocarbon solvents and chlorinated solvents, such as methylene chloride, and carbon tetrachloride.
-
- Suitable solvents are, for example, acetic acid, formic acid, an aqueous HCl.
-
- The reaction is carried out in a suitable solvent at temperatures from about 0° C. to about 200° C. for about 1 to about 24 hours. Suitable solvents are, for example, pyridine, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), and dioxane The resulting intermediate is then reacted with ammonia in a suitable solvent, or in the absence of solvent, at temperatures from about 25° C. to about 200° C. for about 1 to about 24 hours. Suitable solvents are, for example, ethanol, methanol, and water.
-
- The first step involves condensing an appropriately substituted anthroquinone having a leaving group, X, at the 1-position, with sodium sulfide in the presence of ammonia in a suitable solvent. Representative leaving groups include, but are not limited to fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, nitro, methanesulfonyloxy, tosyloxy, and phenoxy. Suitable solvents are, for example, pyridine, dimethylformamide, methylene chloride, chloroform, ethanol, and dioxane. The reaction is carried out at temperatures from about 0° C. to about 200° C. for about 1 to about 16 hours. The resulting intermediate is then treated with iodine and a base, such as, but not limited to, sodium acetate, sodium phosphate, or sodium bicarbonate in a suitable solvent. Suitable solvents are, for example, benzene, toluene, nitrobenzene, dichlorobenzene, and xylenes. The reaction is carried out at temperatures from about 0° C. to about 200° C. for about 1 to about 16 hours.
- Compounds of Formula VI, the compound of Formula VI being defined above, with 5-amino substituents can be prepared by condensing an appropriately substituted compound of Formula VI, having a leaving group, X, at the 5 position, with ammonia, a mono-substituted amine, or a di-substituted amine at temperatures from about 0° C. to about 250° C. for about 1 to about 16 hours, either in a suitable solvent or the absence of a solvent as depicted in Reaction Scheme 7 below.
- Representative leaving groups include, but are not limited to chloride, bromide, iodide, methanesulfonate, tosyl, benzenesulfonate, and triflate. Suitable solvents are, for example, pyridine, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, dichloroethane, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, diglyme, and triglyme. The reaction is conducted in the presence of an excess amount of the amine, or in the presence of an acid quenching agent such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, or sodium hydroxide.
- The compound of Formula VI, having a leaving group, X, at the 5 position, wherein X is chloro can be prepared, for example, by condensing 1,4-dichloroanthroquinone with ammonium thiocyanate using the method described in Reaction Scheme 5.
-
- Representative leaving groups include, but are not limited to, chloride, bromide, iodide, methanesulfonate, tosylate, benzenesulfonate, and triflate. Suitable solvents are, for example, pyridine, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, dichloroethane, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, diglyme, and triglyme. The reaction is conducted in the presence of an excess amount of the amine, or in the presence of an acid quenching agent such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, or sodium hydroxide.
- Similarly, compounds of Formula VI with 7-amino substituents can be prepared by condensing an appropriately substituted compound of Formula VI, having a leaving group, X, at the 7 position, with ammonia, a mono-substituted amine, or a disubstituted amine at temperatures from about 0° C. to about 250° C. for about 1 to about 16 hours, either in a suitable solvent or the absence of a solvent as depicted in Reaction Scheme 9 below.
- Representative leaving groups include, but are not limited to, chloride, bromide, iodide, methanesulfonate, tosylate, benzenesulfonate, and triflate. Suitable solvents are, for example, pyridine, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, dichloroethane, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, diglyme, and triglyme. The reaction is conducted in the presence of an excess amount of the amine, or in the presence of an acid quenching agent such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, or sodium hydroxide.
-
- Representative leaving groups include, but are not limited to, chloride, bromide, iodide, methanesulfonate, tosylate, benzenesulfonate, and triflate. Suitable solvents are, for example, pyridine, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, dichloroethane, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, diglyme, and triglyme. The reaction is conducted in the presence of an excess amount of the amine, or in the presence of an acid quenching agent such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, or sodium hydroxide.
- Similarly, amine substituents at other positions on the aromatic ring can be converted to substituted amines at their respective positions. Anthroquinones substituted with amine at other positions are known (Kopetschni, Wiesler Monatsh. Chem (1922), 43, 84; Shah et al., Indian Journal of Chemistry (1976), 14B, 625; Ayyangar, N., Lahoti, R. J., Wagle, D. R. Indian Journal of Chemistry (1978), 16B, 1007).
- Compounds of Formula VI with 5-carboxyamide substituents can be prepared by condensing an appropriately substituted compound of Formula VI, having a carboxylic acid group at the 5 position, with ammonia, a mono-substituted amine, or a di-substituted amine at temeratures from about 0° C. to about 100° C. for about 1 to about 16 hours using a coupling agent in a suitable solvent as depicted in Reaction Scheme 11 below.
- Representative coupling agents include, but are not limited to dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDCI), and O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N, N′, N′-tetramethyluroniumhexafluorophosphate (HATU). Suitable solvents are, for example, methylene chloride, chloroform, toluene, dimethylformamide, and tetrahydrofuran.
- The starting carboxylic acid may be prepared from a compound of Formula VI substituted at the 5 position with an amino group. The 5-amino group is converted to a nitrile with sodium nitrite in a suitable solvent, such as water, methanol, tetrahydrofuran, or ethanol and an acid such as hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid at temperatures from about 0° C. to about 100° C. for about 1 to about 10 hours followed by treatment with copper cyanide/sodium cyanide in a suitable solvent such as water, methanol, ethanol, ethyl acetate, or tetrahydrofuran at temperatures from about 0° C. to about 100° C. for about 1 to about 10 hours. The nitrile can then be hydrolyzed with an acid such as acetic acid, formic acid, hydrochloric acid, or sulfuric acid at a temperature from about 25° C. to about 100° C. for about 1 to about 24 hours to provide the carboxylic acid. In a similar manner, carboxylic acid groups at other positions on the aromatic ring can be converted to carboxamide substituents at their respective positions. Carboxylic acid groups at other positions on the aromatic ring can be obtained from compounds of Formula VI having amines at other positions on the aromatic ring, as discussed above.
-
-
- Suitable solvents are, for example, methylene chloride, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, pyridine, dimethylformamide, and ethyl acetate. The reaction is conducted in the presence of an acid quenching agent such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, or sodium hydroxide.
- Acylamino or sulfonylamino substituents groups at other positions on the aromatic ring can be obtained from compounds of Formula VI having amines at other positions on the aromatic ring, as discussed above.
-
-
- Representative leaving groups, X, include, but are not limited to, chloride, bromide, iodide, methanesulfonate, tosylate, benzenesulfonate, and triflate. Suitable solvents are, for example, methylene chloride, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethylformamide, or ethyl acetate.
- The reaction is conducted in the presence of an acid quenching agent such as sodium hydride, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, or sodium hydroxide.
- The 5-hydroxyanthroquinones and 7-hydroxyanthroquinones can be prepared from the appropriately substituted 5-aminoanthroquinone and appropriately substituted 7-aminoanthroquinone, respectively. The appropriately substituted 5-aminoanthroquinone or appropriately substituted 7-aminoanthroquinone is converted to the alcohol with sodium nitrite in a suitable solvent, such as water, methanol, tetrahydrofuran, or ethanol, and an acid, such as hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid, at temperatures from about 0° to about 100° C. for about 1 to about 10 hours followed by treatment with an acid, such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, or phosphoric acid, in water at temperatures from about 0° C. to about 100° C. for about 1 to about 10 hours.
- Alternately, the appropriately substituted 5-aminoanthroquinone or appropriately substituted 7-aminoanthroquinone can be heated at temperatures from about 100° C. to about 250° C. in water for about 1 to about 24 hours to provide the compound of Formula VI with a hydroxy group at the 5-position or 7-position, respectively. Hydroxyl groups at other positions on the aromatic ring can be obtained from compounds of Formula VI having amines at other positions on the aromatic ring, as discussed above.
- Disubstituted compounds of Formula I-VI can be obtained according to one or more of the reaction schemes above. Suitable anthraquinone starting materials that are appropriately substituted are commercially available from a variety of sources or may be prepared by methods well known to those of ordinary skill in the art (See, e.g., Gallagher, P., Contemp. Org. Synth. (1996), 3(5), 433-446; Krohn, K., Tetrahedron (1990), 46(2), 291-318; Vym et al, J., Chem. Listy (1982), 76(8), 846-68; Matsuoka, M., Yuki Gosei Kagaku Kyokaishi (1982), 40(2); Matsuura, A., Nikkakyo Geppo (1978), 31(12); Chung, R. Kirk-Othmer Encycl. Chem. Technol., 3rd Ed., Editors: Grayson, M. and Eckroth, D., Wiley, New York, N.Y, (1978), 2, 708-57; and Chung, R. Kirk-Othmer Encycl. Chem. Technol., 3rd Ed., Editors: Grayson, M. and Eckroth, D., Wiley, New York, N.Y. (1978), 2, 700-7).
- The present invention encompasses compositions comprising a compound of Formula I, the compound of Formula I being defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
- In one embodiment, the compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein the first or second substituent is present at the 5, 7, or 9 position. Preferably, the first or second substituent is present at the 5 or 7 position.
- In another embodiment, the compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein:
- the first or second substituent is present at the 5, 7, or 9 position;
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl.
- In another embodiment, the compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein:
- the first or second substituent is present at the 5, 7, or 9 position;
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl.
- The present invention also encompasses compositions comprising a compound of Formula II, the compound of Formula II being defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
- In one embodiment, the compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein the first or second substituent is present at the 5, 7, or 9 position. Preferably, the first or second substituent is present at the 5 or 7 position.
- In another embodiment, the compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein:
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R3 and R4 are hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl.
- In another embodiment, the compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein:
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R3 and R4 are hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl.
- The present invention also encompasses compositions comprising a compound of Formula III, the compound of Formula III being defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
- In one embodiment, the compound of Formula III, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein the first or second substituent is present at the 5, 7, or 9 position. Preferably, the first or second substituent is present at the 5 or 7 position.
- In another embodiment, the compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein:
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R3 and R4 are hydrogen, alky, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl.
- In another embodiment, the compound of Formula III, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein:
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R3 and R4 are hydrogen, alky, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl.
- The present invention also encompasses compositions comprising a compound of Formula IV, the compound of Formula IV being defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
- In one embodiment the compound of Formula IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein the first or second substituent is present at the 5 or 7 position.
- In a second embodiment, the compound of Formula IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein the first and second substituent are independently alkyl, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f).
- In another embodiment, the compound of Formula IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein:
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R3 and R4 are hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl.
- In another embodiment, the compound of Formula IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein:
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R3 and R4 are hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl.
- The present invention also encompasses compositions comprising a compound of Formula V, the compound of Formula V being defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
- In one embodiment, the compound of Formula V, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein the first or second substituent is present at the 5 or 7 position.
- In another embodiment, the compound of Formula V, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein the compound of Formula V is disubstituted and at least one of the substituents is a group represented by the formula (d) or (f).
- The present invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising:
-
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
- wherein R0 is —O—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2— or —CH2—;
- the compound being (i) unsubstituted, (ii) monosubstituted and having a first substituent, or (iii) disubstituted and having a first substituent and a second substituent;
- the first or second substituent, when present, being at the 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, or 10 position, wherein the first and second substituent, when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- (B) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
- In one embodiment, the first or second substituent of compounds of Formula VI, when present, are at the 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, or 10 position, wherein the first and second substituent, when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
- wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl.
- The present pharmaceutical compositions, which comprise a compound of Formula I-V or VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (collectively “the present compositions”) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle, are useful for treating or preventing a disease associated with the modulation of JNK. Preferably, the present compositions are useful for inhibiting JNK. The present compositions are also useful for treating an inflammatory condition including, but not limited to: diabetes (such as Type II diabetes, Type I diabetes, diabetes insipidus, diabetes mellitus, maturity-onset diabetes, juvenile diabetes, insulin-dependant diabetes, non-insulin dependant diabetes, malnutrition-related diabetes, ketosis-prone diabetes or ketosis-resistant diabetes); nephropathy (such as glomerulonephritis or acute/chronic kidney failure); obesity (such as hereditary obesity, dietary obesity, hormone related obesity or obesity related to the administration of medication); hearing loss (such as that from otitis externa or acute otitis media); fibrosis related diseases (such as pulmonary interstitial fibrosis, renal fibrosis, cystic fibrosis, liver fibrosis, wound-healing or burn-healing, wherein the burn is a first-, second- or third-degree burn and/or a thermal, chemical or electrical burn); arthritis (such as rheumatoid arthritis, rheumatoid spondylitis, osteoarthritis or gout); an allergy; allergic rhinitis; acute respiratory distress syndrome; asthma; bronchitis; an inflammatory bowel disease (such as irritable bowel syndrome, mucous colitis, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, gastritis, esophagitis, pancreatitis or peritonitis); or an autoimmune disease (such as scleroderma, systemic lupus erythematosus, myasthenia gravis, transplant rejection, endotoxin shock, sepsis, psoriasis, eczema, dermatitis or multiple sclerosis).
- The present pharmaceutical compositions, which comprise a compound of Formula I-V or VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, are also useful for treating or preventing a liver disease (such as hepatitis, alcohol-induced liver disease, toxin-induced liver disease, steatosis or sclerosis); a cardiovascular disease (such as atherosclerosis, restenosis following angioplasty, left ventricular hypertrophy, myocardial infarction, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or stroke); ischemic damage (such as to the heart, kidney, liver or brain); ischemia-reperfusion injury (such as that caused by transplant, surgical trauma, hypotension, thrombosis or trauma injury); neurodegenerative disease (such as epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, peripheral neuropathies, spinal cord damage, AIDS dementia complex or Parkinson's disease); or cancer (such as cancer of the head, neck, eye, mouth, throat, esophagus, chest, bone, lung, colon, rectum, stomach, prostate, breast, ovaries, testicles or other reproductive organs, skin, thyroid, blood, lymph nodes, kidney, liver, pancreas, and brain or central nervous system).
- The methods of the invention encompass treating or preventing a disease associated with the modulation of JNK, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formulas I-VI, the compound of Formulas I-VI being as defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- The present invention also encompasses treating or preventing a disease, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula I-VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the disease is an inflammatory condition including, but not limited to: diabetes (such as Type II diabetes, Type I diabetes, diabetes insipidus, diabetes mellitus, maturity-onset diabetes, juvenile diabetes, insulin-dependant diabetes, non-insulin dependant diabetes, malnutrition-related diabetes, ketosis-prone diabetes or ketosis-resistant diabetes); nephropathy (such as glomerulonephritis or acute/chronic kidney failure); obesity (such as hereditary obesity, dietary obesity, hormone related obesity or obesity related to the administration of medication); hearing loss (such as that from otitis externa or acute otitis media); fibrosis related diseases (such as pulmonary interstitial fibrosis, renal fibrosis, cystic fibrosis, liver fibrosis, wound-healing or burn-healing, wherein the burn is a first-, second- or third-degree burn and/or a thermal, chemical or electrical burn); arthritis (such as rheumatoid arthritis, rheumatoid spondylitis, osteoarthritis or gout); an allergy; allergic rhinitis; acute respiratory distress syndrome; asthma; bronchitis; an inflammatory bowel disease (such as irritable bowel syndrome, mucous colitis, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, gastritis, esophagitis, pancreatitis or peritonitis); or an autoimmune disease (such as scleroderma, systemic lupus erythematosus, myasthenia gravis, transplant rejection, endotoxin shock, sepsis, psoriasis, eczema, dermatitis or multiple sclerosis).
- The present invention also encompasses treating or preventing a disease, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula I-VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the disease is a liver disease (such as hepatitis, alcohol-induced liver disease, toxin-induced liver disease, steatosis or sclerosis); a cardiovascular disease (such as atherosclerosis, restenosis following angioplasty, left ventricular hypertrophy, myocardial infarction, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or stroke); ischemic damage (such as to the heart, kidney, liver or brain); ischemia-reperfusion injury (such as that caused by transplant, surgical trauma, hypotension, thrombosis or trauma injury); neurodegenerative disease (such as epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, peripheral neuropathies, spinal cord damage, AIDS dementia complex or Parkinson's disease); or cancer (such as cancer of the head, neck, eye, mouth, throat, esophagus, chest, bone, lung, colon, rectum, stomach, prostate, breast, ovaries, testicles or other reproductive organs, skin, thyroid, blood, lymph nodes, kidney, liver, pancreas, and brain or central nervous system).
- The present methods of the invention also encompass administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula I, the compound of Formula I being defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- In one embodiment of the methods of the invention, the compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein the first or second substituent is present at the 5, 7, or 9 position. Preferably, the first or second substituent is present at the 5 or 7 position In another embodiment of the methods of the invention, the compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein:
- the first or second substituent is present at the 5, 7, or 9 position;
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl.
- In another embodiment of the methods of the invention, the compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein:
- the first or second substituent is present at the 5, 7, or 9 position;
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl.
- The present methods of the invention also encompass administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula II, the compound of Formula II being defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- In one embodiment of the methods of the invention, the compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein the first or second substituent, when present, is present at the 5, 7, or 9 position. Preferably, the first or second substituent is present at the 5 or 7 position
- In another embodiment of the methods of the invention, the compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein:
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl.
- In another embodiment of the methods of the invention, the compound of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein:
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl.
- The present methods of the invention also encompass administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula III, the compound of Formula III being defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- In one embodiment of the methods of the invention, the compound of Formula III, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein the first or second substituent is present at the 5, 7, or 9 position. Preferably, the first or second substituent is present at the 5 or 7 position
- In another embodiment of the methods of the invention, the compound of Formula III, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein:
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl.
- In another embodiment of the methods of the invention, the compound of Formula III, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein:
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl.
- The present methods of the invention also encompass administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula IV, the compound of Formula 1V being defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- In one embodiment of the methods of the invention, the compound of Formula IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein the first or second substituent is present at the 5 or 7 position
- In a second embodiment of the methods of the invention, the compound of Formula IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein the first and second substituent are independently alkyl, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f).
- In another embodiment of the methods of the invention, the compound of Formula IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein:
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl.
- In another embodiment of the methods of the invention, the compound of Formula IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein:
- the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f);
- R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; and
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl.
- The present methods of the invention also encompass administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula V, the compound of Formula V being defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- In one embodiment of the methods of the invention, the compound of Formula V, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein the first or second substituent is present at the 5 or 7 position
- In one embodiment of the methods of the invention, the compound of Formula V, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is that wherein the compound of Formula V is disubstituted and at least one of the substituents is a group represented by the formula (d) or (f).
- While the invention contemplates inhibiting all JNK, inhibition of JNK which is expressed in the brain is important for treating central or peripheral neurological degenerative disorders like epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, peripheral neuropathy, spinal cord damage and AIDS dementia complex. Thus, in a preferred embodiment of the methods of the invention, the disease that is treated or prevented is a central or peripheral neurological degenerative disorder, wherein the central or peripheral neurological degenerative disorder is epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, peripheral neuropathy, spinal cord damage or AIDS dementia complex.
- The methods of the invention are also useful for treating or preventing an inflammatory condition including, but not limited to: diabetes (such as Type II diabetes, Type I diabetes, diabetes insipidus, diabetes mellitus, maturity-onset diabetes, juvenile diabetes, insulin-dependant diabetes, non-insulin dependant diabetes, malnutrition-related diabetes, ketosis-prone diabetes or ketosis-resistant diabetes); nephropathy (such as glomerulonephritis or acute/chronic kidney failure); obesity (such as hereditary obesity, dietary obesity, hormone related obesity or obesity related to the administration of medication); hearing loss (such as that from otitis externa or acute otitis media); fibrosis related diseases (such as pulmonary interstitial fibrosis, renal fibrosis, cystic fibrosis, liver fibrosis, wound-healing or burn-healing, wherein the burn is a first-, second- or third-degree burn and/or a thermal, chemical or electrical burn); arthritis (such as rheumatoid arthritis, rheumatoid spondylitis, osteoarthritis or gout); an allergy; allergic rhinitis; acute respiratory distress syndrome; asthma; bronchitis; an inflammatory bowel disease (such as irritable bowel syndrome, mucous colitis, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, gastritis, esophagitis, pancreatitis or peritonitis); or an autoimmune disease (such as scleroderma, systemic lupus erythematosus, myasthenia gravis, transplant rejection, endotoxin shock, sepsis, psoriasis, eczema, dermatitis or multiple sclerosis).
- The methods of the invention are also useful for treating or preventing a liver disease (such as hepatitis, alcohol-induced liver disease, toxin-induced liver disease, steatosis or sclerosis); a cardiovascular disease (such as atherosclerosis, restenosis following angioplasty, left ventricular hypertrophy, myocardial infarction, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or stroke); ischemic damage (such as to the heart, kidney, liver or brain); ischemia-reperfusion injury (such as that caused by transplant, surgical trauma, hypotension, thrombosis or trauma injury); neurodegenerative disease (such as epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, peripheral neuropathies, spinal cord damage, AIDS dementia complex or Parkinson's disease); or cancer (such as cancer of the head, neck, eye, mouth, throat, esophagus, chest, bone, lung, colon, rectum, stomach, prostate, breast, ovaries, testicles or other reproductive organs, skin, thyroid, blood, lymph nodes, kidney, liver, pancreas, and brain or central nervous system).
- In one embodiment, the present methods for treating or preventing an inflammatory condition, a liver disease, a cardiovascular disease, ischemic damage, a neurodegenerative disease or cancer comprises inhibiting JNK in vivo.
- In one embodiment, inhibiting JNK in vivo comprises inhibiting TNF-α in vivo.
- In one embodiment the JNK is JNK1. In another embodiment the JNK is JNK2. In another embodiment the JNK is JNK3.
-
- a compound of formula VII:
(VII) wherein A and B are: A B Compound —NH2 —NH2 FK —N(CH2CH2CH2CH3) —N(CH2CH2CH2CH3)2 FL —NHC6H5 —NHC6H5 FM —OC6H5 —OC6H5 FN —NH2 —N(CH2CH2CH2CH3)2 FO —NH2 —N(CH2CH2CN)(CH2CH2OH) FP —NH2 —N(CH2CH2CH2CH3)2 FQ —NHCH3 —NHCH3 FR —N(CH3)2 —N(CH3)2 FS —N(CH2CH3)2 —N(CH2CH3)2 FT —NHCH2CH3 —NHCH2CH3 FU —OCH3 —OCH3 FV —OCH2CH3 —OCH2CH3 FW —OCH2CH2OCH3 —OCH2CH2OCH3 FX FY —Cl —Cl FZ —NIICH2CH2OH —NHCH2CH2OH GA —NHCH2CH2CH2CH3 —NHCH2CH2CH2CH3 GB —F —OCH2CH2CH2CH3 GC —F —OCH(CH3)2 GD —F —OCH2CH(CH2CH3)CH2CH2CH2CH3 GE —F —OCH2CH2OC6H5 GF —F —OCH2CH═CH2 GG —F —OCH2CHCN GH —F —O(CH2)3OCH3 GI —F —O(CH2)2O(CH2) 2OCH3 GJ —F —OCH2C6H5 GK —F —OCH2CH2OH GL —F —OCH2(4-chlorophenyl) GM —F —OCH2CH2Cl GN —F —OCH2CH2OCH2CH2CH2CH3 GO —F —O(CH2)5CH3 GP —F GQ —F GR —F —OCH2CH(OH)CH2OCH3 GS —F —OCH2CH2OC(O)C6H5 GT —F —OCH2CH2OCH2C6H5 GU —F —OCH2C(O)OCH2CH2C═CH2 GV —F —OCH2CH2OCH3 GW —F —OCH2CH2C6H5 GX —F —OCH3 GY —F —OCH2CH2OCH2CH2CN GZ —Cl —NHCH2CH2OCH2CH2OCH2CH2CH2CH3 HA —OCH2CH2CH2CH3 —NHCH2CH2OCH2CH2OCH2CH2CH2CH3 HB HC (Compound HD) (Compound HE) (Compound HF) (Compound HG) - or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- More preferably, the compound of Formula VI is Compound CC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- When administered to a patient, e.g., an animal for veterinary use or to a human for clinical use, the compounds of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are preferably in isolated form. By “isolated” it is meant that prior to administration, a compound of Formula I-VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is separated from other components of a synthetic organic chemical reaction mixture or natural product source, e.g., plant matter, tissue culture, or bacterial broth. Preferably, the compounds of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are isolated via conventional techniques, e.g., extraction followed by chromatography, recrystalization, or another conventional technique. When in isolated form, the compounds of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are at least 90%, preferably at least 95%, of a compound of Formula I-VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, by weight of that which is isolated. “Single compound of Formula I-VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,” as used herein, means a compound of Formula I-VI and racemates and/or enantiomers thereof, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- The invention provides methods of treatment and prophylaxis by administration to a patient of an effective amount of a compound of Formula I-VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- The present pharmaceutical compositions, which comprise one or more of the compounds of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can be administered by any convenient route, for example by infusion or bolus injection, by absorption through epithelial or mucocutaneous linings (e.g., oral mucosa, rectal and intestinal mucosa) and can be administered together with another biologically active agent. Administration can be systemic or local. Various delivery systems are known, e.g., encapsulation in liposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, and capsules, and can be used to administer a compound of the invention. In certain embodiments, more than one compound of Formula I-VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is administered to a patient. Methods of administration include but are not limited to intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, oral, sublingual, intranasal, intracerebral, intravaginal, transdermal, rectally, by inhalation, or topically to the ears, nose, eyes, or skin. The preferred mode of administration is left to the discretion of the practitioner, and will depend in-part upon the medical condition and the site of the medical condition.
- In specific embodiments, it might be desirable to administer one or more of the compounds of Formula I-VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, locally to the area in need of treatment. This can be achieved, for example, and not by way of limitation, by local infusion during surgery, topical application, e.g., in conjunction with a wound dressing after surgery, by injection, by means of a catheter, by means of a suppository, or by means of an implant, said implant being of a porous, non-porous, or gelatinous material, including membranes, such as sialastic membranes, or fibers. In one embodiment, administration can be by direct injection at the site (or former site) of a cancer, tumor, or neoplastic or pre-neoplastic tissue.
- In certain embodiments, it might be desirable to introduce one or more of the compounds of Formula I-VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, into the central nervous system by any suitable route, including intraventricular and intrathecal injection. Intraventricular injection can be facilitated by an intraventricular catheter, for example, attached to a reservoir, such as an Ommaya reservoir.
- Pulmonary administration can also be employed, e.g., by use of an inhaler or nebulizer, and formulation with an aerosolizing agent, or via perfusion in a fluorocarbon or synthetic pulmonary surfactant. In certain embodiments, the compounds of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can be formulated as a suppository, with traditional binders and carriers such as triglycerides.
- In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can be delivered in a vesicle, in particular a liposome (see Langer, Science 249:1527-1533 (1990); Treat et al., in Liposomes in the Therapy of Infectious Disease and Cancer, Lopez-Berestein and Fidler (eds.), Liss, New York, pp. 353-365 (1989); Lopez-Berestein, ibid., pp. 317-327; see generally ibid.).
- In yet another embodiment, the compounds of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can be delivered in a controlled release system. In one embodiment, a pump can be used (see Langer, supra; Sefton, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:201 (1987); Buchwald et al., Surgery 88:507 (1980); Saudek et al., N. Engl. J. Med. 321:574 (1989)). In another embodiment, polymeric materials can be used (see Medical Applications of Controlled Release, Langer and Wise (eds.), CRC Pres., Boca Raton, Fla. (1974); Controlled Drug Bioavailability, Drug Product Design and Performance, Smolen and Ball (eds.), Wiley, New York (1984); Ranger and Peppas, J. Macromol. Sci. Rev. Macromol. Chem. 23:61 (1983); see also Levy et al., Science 228:190 (1985); During et al., Ann. Neurol. 25:351 (1989); Howard et al., J. Neurosurg. 71:105 (1989)). In yet another embodiment, a controlled-release system can be placed in proximity of the target of the compound of the invention, e.g., the brain, thus, requiring only a fraction of the systemic dose (see, e.g., Goodson, in Medical Applications of Controlled Release, supra, vol. 2, pp. 115-138 (1984)). Other controlled-release systems are discussed in the review by Langer (Science 249:1527-1533 (1990)) can be used.
- The present pharmaceutical compositions will contain an effective amount of the compounds of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, preferably in purified form, together with a suitable amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier so as to provide the form for proper administration to the patient.
- In a specific embodiment, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable” means approved by a regulatory agency of the Federal or a state government or listed in the U.S. Pharmacopeia or other generally recognized pharmacopeia for use in animals, and more particularly in humans. The term “carrier” refers to a diluent, adjuvant, excipient, or vehicle with which a compound of the invention is administered. Such pharmaceutical carriers can be liquids, such as water and oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, such as peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil and the like. The pharmaceutical carriers can be saline, gum acacia, gelatin, starch paste, talc, keratin, colloidal silica, urea, and the like. In addition, auxiliary, stabilizing, thickening, lubricating, and coloring agents can be used. When administered to a patient, the pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are preferably sterile. When the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is water or an aqueous base the water or aqueous base is sterile. Water is a preferred carrier when the compounds of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered intravenously. Saline solutions and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions can also be employed as liquid carriers, particularly for injectable solutions. Suitable pharmaceutical carriers also include excipients such as starch, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, talc, sodium chloride, dried skim milk, glycerol, propylene, glycol, water, ethanol, and the like. The present pharmaceutical compositions, if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents.
- The present pharmaceutical compositions can take the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsion, tablets, pills, pellets, capsules, capsules containing liquids, powders, sustained-release formulations, suppositories, emulsions, aerosols, sprays, suspensions, or any other form suitable for use. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is a capsule (see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,698,155). Other examples of suitable pharmaceutical carriers are described in “Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences” by E. W. Martin.
- In a preferred embodiment, the compound of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a pharmaceutical composition adapted for intravenous administration to human beings. Typically, the compound of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for intravenous administration is a solution in sterile isotonic aqueous buffer. Where necessary, the compositions can also include a solubilizing agent. Compositions for intravenous administration can optionally include a local anesthetic such as lignocaine to ease pain at the site of the injection. Generally, the ingredients are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent. Where the compound of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is to be administered by infusion, they can be dispensed, for example, with an infusion bottle containing sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline. Where the compound of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is administered by injection, an ampule of sterile water for injection or saline can be provided so that the ingredients can be mixed prior to administration.
- Compositions for oral delivery can be in the form of tablets, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, granules, powders, emulsions, capsules, syrups, or elixirs, for example. Orally administered compositions can contain one or more optional agents, for example, sweetening agents such as fructose, aspartame or saccharin; flavoring agents such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry; coloring agents; and preserving agents, to provide a pharmaceutically palatable preparation. Moreover, where in tablet or pill form, the compositions can be coated to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract thereby providing a sustained action over an extended period of time. Selectively permeable membranes surrounding an osmotically active driving compound are also suitable for orally administering the present compounds. In these later platforms, fluid from the environment surrounding the capsule is imbibed by the driving compound, which swells to displace the agent or agent composition through an aperture. These delivery platforms can provide an essentially zero order delivery profile as opposed to the spiked profiles of immediate release formulations. A time delay material such as glycerol monostearate or glycerol stearate can also be used. Oral compositions can include standard carriers such as mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, and magnesium carbonate.
- The amount of the compound of Formula I-VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, that will be effective in the treatment of a particular disorder or condition will depend on the nature of the disorder or condition, and can be determined by standard clinical techniques. In addition, in vitro or in vivo assays can optionally be employed to help identify optimal dosage ranges. The precise dose to be employed in the compositions will also depend on the route of administration, and the seriousness of the disease or disorder, and should be decided according to the judgment of the practitioner and each patient's circumstances. However, typical dosage forms of the invention comprise a compound of Formula I-VI in an amount of from about 0.10 mg to about 3500 mg, from about 1 mg to about 2500 mg, from about 10 mg to about 500 mg, from about 25 mg to about 250 mg, from about 50 mg to about 100 mg. Typical dosage forms comprise a compound of Formula I-VI in an amount of about 0.1, 1, 2, 5, 7.5, 10, 12.5, 15, 17.5, 20, 25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 500, 750, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000 or 3500 mg. In a particular embodiment, a dosage form comprises a compound of Formula I-VI in an amount of about 1, 2, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250 or 500 mg. In a specific embodiment, a dosage form comprises an amount of about 5, 10, 25 or 50 mg of a compound of Formula I-VI. Effective doses can be extrapolated from dose-response curves derived from in vitro or animal model test systems. Such animal models and systems are well known in the art.
- The invention also provides pharmaceutical packs or kits comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the present compounds. Optionally associated with such container(s) can be a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use, or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture for use or sale for human administration.
- The present compounds of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are preferably assayed in vitro, and then in vivo, for the desired therapeutic or prophylactic activity, prior to use in humans. For example, in vitro assays can be used to determine whether administration of a specific compound or combination of the compounds of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, is preferred. The compounds of Formula I-VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can also be demonstrated effective and safe using animal model systems.
- To a suspension of 3.0 g of 1-aminoanthraquinone in 45 mL of DMSO was added 9 g of ammonium thiocyanate. The reaction mixture was then heated to 50° C. and 15 mL of sulfuric acid added dropwise (exothermic reaction). The reaction mixture was then allowed to stir at room temperature for 16 hours. After stirring, 300 mL of water were added to the reaction mixture and the resulting suspension was filtered and dried in a vacuum oven to provide a crude product. The above procedure was then repeated using the crude product in place of 1-aminoanthraquinone. The resulting crude thiocyanate-addition intermediate was then recrystallized with o-dichlorobenzene (total volume 250 mL) to provide 1.9 g of a thiocyanate-addition intermediate. The structure of the thiocyanate-addition intermediate was confirmed by1H NMR and electrospray mass spectrometry. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.19 (dd, 1H), 8.14 (dd, 1H), 7.93 (dt, 1H), 7.86 (dt, 1H), 7.81 (d, 1H), 7.43 (d, 1H). ES-MS (m/z) 281 [M+1]+.
- A suspension of 300 mg of the thiocyanate-addition intermediate in 25 mL of liquid ammonia was heated to 140° C. in a bomb for 5 hours, the reaction mixture was diluted with 300 mL of water, and the reaction mixture was filtered to provide a final crude product. The final crude product was then purified using preparative HPLC (5 cm YMC C-18 column operated at a flow rate of 60 mL/min with a gradient elution from 40% aqueous acetonitrile with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid to 100% acetonitrile with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid over 20 minutes) to provide 55 mg of Compound CC. The structure of Compound CC was confirmed by1H NMR and electrospray mass spectrometry. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.49 (d, 1H), 8.39 (d, 1H), 8.29 (d, 1H), 7.89 (t, 1H), 7.78 (t, 1H), 7.28 (d, 1H). ES-MS (m/z) 253 [M+1]+.
- A solution of compound CC in water/sulfuric acid was heated to 180° C. overnight to give the named compound.1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 8.23 (d, 2H), 7.91 (pent, 2H), 7.76 (d, 1H), 7.22 (d, 1H). ES-MS (m/z) 254 [M+1]+.
- To a solution of compound CC (30 mg, 0.012 mmol) in pyridine (5 mL) was added acetyl chloride (10 μL, 0.14 mmol). After stirring at room temperature overnight, water was added and the product recovered by filtration (28 mg).1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 11.95 (s, 1H), 8.95 (d, 1H), 8.55 (d, 1H), 8.38 (d, 1H), 8.26 (d, 1H), 7.91 (t, 1H), 7.77 (t, 1H), 2.30 (s, 3H). ES-MS (m/z) 295 [M+1]+.
- Compound HE was prepared according to the methodology of compound CH.1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 13.1 (s, 1H), 9.23 (d, 1H), 8.71 (d, 1H), 8.48 (d, 1H), 8.42 (d, 1H), 8.13 (d, 2H), 7.96 (t, 1H), 7.82 (t, 1H), 7.72 (m, 3H). ES-MS (m/z) 357 [M+1]+.
- Compound HF was prepared according to the methodology of compound CH.1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 12.1 (s, 1H), 8.97 (d, 1H), 8.60 (d, 1H), 8.43 (d, 1H), 8.34 (d, 1H), 7.94 (t, 1H), 7.80 (t, 1H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 2.90 (t, 2H), 2.71 (t, 2H). ES-MS (m/z) 367 [M+1]+.
- Compound HG was prepared according to the methodology of compound CH.1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 13.1 (s, 1H), 9.29 (s, 1H), 9.18 (d, 1H), 8.90 (d, 1H), 8.73 (d, 1H), 8.45 (m, 3H), 7.97 (t, 1H), 7.82 (t, 1H), 7.74 (m, 1H). ES-MS (m/z) 357 [M+1]+.
- JNK Assay:
- To 10 μL of Compound (CC) in 20% DMSO/80% dilution buffer containing of 20 mM HEPES (pH 7.6), 0.1 mM EDTA, 2.5 mM magnesium chloride, 0.004% Triton33 100, 2 μg/mL leupeptin, 20 mM β-glycerolphosphate, 0.1 mM sodium vanadate, and 2 mM DTT in water was added 30 μL of 50-200 ng His6-JNK1, JNK2, or JNK3 in the same dilution buffer. The mixture was pre-incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature. Sixty microliter of 10 μg GST-c-Jun (1-79) in assay buffer consisting of 20 mM HEPES (pH 7.6), 50 mM sodium chloride, 0.1 mM EDTA, 24 mM magnesium chloride, 1 mM DTT, 25 mM PNPP, 0.05% Triton ×100, 11 μM ATP, and 0.5 μCi γ-32P ATP in water was added and the reaction was allowed to proceed for 1 hour at room temperature. The c-Jun phosphorylation was terminated by addition of 150 μL of 12.5% trichloroacetic acid. After 30 minutes, the precipitate was harvested onto a filter plate, diluted with 50 μL of the scintillation fluid and quantified by a counter. The IC50 values were calculated as the concentration of Compound (CC) at which the c-Jun phosphorylation was reduced to 50% of the control value. Compounds that inhibit JNK preferably have an IC50 value ranging 0.01-10 μM in this assay. Compound (CC) has an IC50 according to this assay of 1 μM for JNK2 and 400 nM for JNK3. The measured IC50 value for Compound CC, as measured by the above assay, however, shows some variability due to the limited solubility of Compound CC in aqueous media. Despite the variability, however, the assay consistently does show that Compound CC inhibits JNK. This assay demonstrates that Compound (CC), illustrative of the present compounds, inhibits JNK2 and JNK3 and, accordingly, is useful for treating or preventing a disorder alleviated by modulating JNK, preferably by inhibiting JNK.
- Selectivity For JNK:
- Compound (CC) was also assayed for its inhibitory activity against several protein kinases, listed below, using techniques known to those skilled in art (See, e.g., Protein Phosphorylation, Sefton & Hunter, Eds., Academic Press, pp. 97-367, 1998). The following IC50 values were obtained:
Enzyme IC50 p38-2 >30,000 nM MEK6 >30,000 nM IKK1 >30,000 nM IKK2 >30,000 nM - This assay shows that Compound (CC), illustrative of the present compounds, selectively inhibits JNK relative to other protein kinases and, accordingly, is a selective JNK inhibitor. Therefore, Compound (CC) is useful for selectively treating or preventing a disorder alleviated by modulating JNK, preferably by inhibiting JNK.
- Jurkat T-Cell IL-2 Production Assay:
- Jurkat T cells (clone E6-1) were purchased from the American Type Culture Collection of Manassas, Va. and maintained in growth media consisting of RPMI 1640 medium containing 2 mM L-glutamine (commercially available from Mediatech Inc. of Herndon, Va.), with 10% fetal bovine serum (commercially available from Hyclone Laboratories Inc. of Omaha, Nebr.) and penicillin/streptomycin. All cells were cultured at 37° C. in 95% air and 5% CO2. Cells were plated at a density of 0.2×106 cells per well in 200 μL of media. Compound stock (20 mM) was diluted in growth media and added to each well as a 10× concentrated solution in a volume of 25 μL, mixed, and allowed to pre-incubate with cells for 30 minutes. The compound vehicle (dimethylsulfoxide) was maintained at a final concentration of 0.5% in all samples. After 30 minutes the cells were activated with PMA (phorbol myristate acetate, final concentration 50 ng/mL) and PHA (phytohemagglutinin, final concentration 2 μg/mL). PMA and PHA were added as a 10× concentrated solution made up in growth media and added in a volume of 25 μL per well. Cell plates were cultured for 10 hours. Cells were pelleted by centrifugation and the media removed and stored at −20° C. Media aliquots are analyzed by sandwich ELISA for the presence of IL-2 as per the manufacturers instructions (Endogen Inc. of Woburn, Mass.). The IC50 values were calculated as the concentration of Compound (CC) at which the IL-2 production was reduced to 50% of the control value. Compounds that inhibit JNK preferably have an IC50 value ranging from 0.1-30 μM in this assay. Compound (CC) has an IC50 of 30 μM. The measured IC50 value for Compound CC, as measured by the above assay, however, shows some variability due to the limited solubility of Compound CC in aqueous media. Despite the variability, however, the assay consistently does show that Compound CC inhibits JNK.
- This assay shows that Compound (CC), illustrative of the present compound, inhibits IL-2 production in Jurkat T-cells and accordingly inhibits JNK. Therefore, Compound (CC) is useful for selectively treating or preventing a disorder alleviated by modulating JNK, preferably by inhibiting JNK.
- [3H]Dopamine Cell Culture Assay:
- Cultures of dopaminergic neurons were prepared according to a modification of the procedure described by Raymon and Leslie (J. Neurochem. 62, 1015-1024, 1994). Time-mated pregnant rats were sacrificed on embyronic day 14-15 (crown rump length 11-12 mm) and the embryos removed by cesarean section. The ventral mesencephalon, containing the dopaminergic neurons, was dissected from each embryo. Tissue pieces from approximately 48 embryos were pooled and dissociated both enzymatically and mechanically. An aliquot from the resulting cell suspension was counted and the cells were plated in high glucose DMEM/F12 culture medium with 10% fetal bovine serum at a density of 1×105 cells/well of a Biocoat poly-D-lysine-coated 96-well plate. The day following plating was considered 1 day in vitro (DIV). Cells were maintained in a stable environment at 37° C., 95% humidity, and 5% CO2. A partial medium change was performed at 3 DIV. At 7 DIV, cells were treated with the neurotoxin, 6-hydroxydopamine (6-OHDA, 30 μM) in the presence and absence of Compound CC. Cultures were processed for [3H]dopamine uptake 22 hours later.
- [3H]Dopamine uptake is used as a measure of the health and integrity of dopaminergic neurons in culture (Prochiantz et al., PNAS 76: 5387-5391, 1979). It was used in these studies to monitor the viability of dopaminergic neurons following exposure to the neurotoxin 6-OHDA. 6-OHDA has been shown to damage dopaminergic neurons both in vitro and in vivo and is used to model the cell death observed in Parkinson's disease (Ungerstedt, U., Eur. J. Pharm., 5 (1968) 107-110 and Hefti et al., Brain Res., 195 (1980) 123-137). Briefly, cells treated with 6-OHDA in the presence and absence of Compound CC were assessed in the uptake assay 22 hrs after exposure to 6-OHDA. Culture medium was removed and replaced with warm phosphate buffered saline (PBS) with calcium and magnesium, 10 μM pargyline, 1 mM ascorbic acid, and 50 nM [3H]dopamine. Cultures were incubated at 37° C. for 20 min. Radioactivity was removed and the cultures were washed 3× with ice cold PBS. To determine the intracellular accumulation of [3H]dopamine, cells were lysed with M-PER detergent and an aliquot was taken for liquid scintillation counting. The measured effect of Compound CC on the intracellular accumulation of [3H]dopamine, as measured by the above assay, however, shows some variability due to the limited solubility of Compound CC in aqueous media. Despite the variability, however, the assay consistently does show that Compound CC protects rat ventral mesencephalan neurons from the toxic effects of 6-OHDA
- As shown in FIG. 1, Compound CC, at a concentration of approximately 3×10−6 M, protects rat ventral mesencephalan neurons from the toxic effects of 6-OHDA. Despite the variability discussed above, the assay consistently does show that Compound CC protects rat ventral mesencephalan neurons from the toxic effects of 6-OHDA Accordingly, Compound CC, illustrative of the present compounds, is useful for treating or preventing Parkinson's disease. 5.7.8 Example
- Compound CC was administered intravenously (10 mg/kg) into the veins of Sprague-Dawley rats. After 2 hr, blood samples were obtained from the animals and their vascular systems were perfused with approximately 100 mL of saline to rid their brains of blood. The brains were removed from the animals, weighed, and homogenized in a 50 mL conical tube containing 10 equivalents (w/v) of methanousaline (1:1) using a Tissue Tearer (Fischer Scientific). The homogenized material was extracted by adding 600 μL of cold methanol to 250 μL of brain homogenate vortexed for 30 sec and subjected to centrifugation for 5 min. After centrifugation, 600 μL of the resulting supernatant was transferred to a clean tube and evaporated at room temperature under reduced pressure to provide a pellet. The resulting pellet was reconstituted in 250 μL of 30% aqueous methanol to provide a brain homogenate analysis sample. A plasma analysis sample was obtained using the brain homogenate analysis sample procedure described above by substituting plasma for brain homogenate. Standard plasma samples and standard brain homogenate samples containing known amounts of Compound CC were also prepared by adding 5 μL of serial dilutions (50:1) of a solution of Compound CC freshly prepared in cold ethanol to 250 μL of control rat plasma (Bioreclamation of Hicksville, N.Y.) or control brain homogenate. The standard plasma samples and standard brain homogenate samples were then subjected to the same extraction by protein precipitation, centrifugation, evaporation, and reconstitution procedure used for the brain homogenate to provide brain homogenate standard analysis samples and plasma standard analysis samples. The brain homogenate analysis samples, plasma analysis samples, and standard analysis samples were analyzed and compared using HPLC by injecting 100 μL of a sample onto a 5 μm C18 Luna column (4.6 mm×150 mm, commercially available from Phenomenex of Torrance, Calif.) and eluting at 1 mL/min with a linear gradient of 30% aqueous acetonitrile containing 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid to 90% aqueous acetonitrile containing 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid over 8 minutes and holding at 90% aqueous acetonitrile containing 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid for 3 min. with absorbance detection at 450 nm. Recovery of Compound CC was 56±5.7% for plasma and 42±6.2% for the brain. The concentration of Compound CC in the brain and plasma was determined by comparing HPLC chromatograms obtained from the brain homogenate analysis samples and plasma analysis samples to standard curves constructed from analysis of the brain homogenate standard analysis samples and the plasma standard analysis samples, respectively. Results from this study show that Compound CC, following intravenous administration, crosses the blood-brain barrier to a significant extent. In particular, brain-drug concentrations were approximately 65 nmole/g and plasma concentrations were approximately 7 μM at 2 hr post-dose, resulting in a brain-plasma concentration ratio of approximately 9-fold (assuming 1 g of brain tissue is equivalent to 1 mL of plasma). This example shows that Compound CC, illustrative of the present compounds, has enhanced ability to cross the blood-brain barrier. In addition, this example shows that the present compounds, in particular Compound CC, when administered to a patient can cross the blood-brain barrier.
- It will be appreciated that, although specific embodiments of the invention have been described herein for purposes of illustration, the invention described and claimed herein is not to be limited in scope by the specific embodiments herein disclosed. These embodiments are intended as illustrations of several aspects of the invention. Any equivalent embodiments are intended to be within the scope of this invention. Indeed, various modifications of the invention in addition to those shown and described herein will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description. Such modifications are also intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims.
- A number of references have been cited, the entire disclosure of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Claims (13)
1. A method for treating or preventing an inflammatory condition, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
wherein R0 is —O—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2— or —CH2—;
the compound being (i) unsubstituted, (ii) monosubstituted and having a first substituent, or (iii) disubstituted and having a first substituent and a second substituent;
the first or second substituent, when present, being at the 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, or 10 position;
wherein the first and second substituent, when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl.
2. The method of claim 1 , wherein the compound is monosubstituted and has a first substituent selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, aryloxy, and a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f).
3. The method of claim 1 , wherein the compound is disubstituted.
4. The method of claim 3 , wherein the first and second substituent are independently alkoxy, aryloxy, or a group represented by the formula (a), (c), (d), (e), or (f).
5. The method of claim 1 wherein the treating or preventing comprises inhibiting JNK in vivo.
6. The method of claim 5 wherein inhibiting JNK in vivo comprises inhibiting TNF-α in vivo.
7. The method of claim 1 wherein the inflammatory condition is Type II diabetes or obesity.
8. The method of claim 1 wherein the inflammatory condition is 30 rheumatoid arthritis, rheumatoid spondylitis, osteoarthritis, gout, asthma, bronchitis, allergic rhinitis, inflammatory bowel disease, irritable bowel syndrome, mucous colitis, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, gastritis, esophagitis, transplant rejection, hepatitis, endotoxin shock, psoriasis, eczema, dermatitis or multiple sclerosis.
9. The method of claim 1 wherein the inflammatory condition is hereditary obesity, dietary obesity, hormone related obesity or obesity related to the administration of medication.
10. The method of claim 1 wherein the inflammatory condition is Type I diabetes, diabetes insipidus, diabetes mellitus, maturity-onset diabetes, juvenile diabetes, insulin-dependant diabetes, non-insulin dependant diabetes, malnutrition-related diabetes, ketosis-prone diabetes or ketosis-resistant diabetes.
11. The method of claim 1 wherein the inflammatory condition is otitis externa, acute otitis media, hearing loss, systemic lupus erythematosus, pancreatitis, peritonitis, sepsis, alcohol or toxin-induced liver disease, sclerosis, steatosis, ischemia-reperfusion injury, allergic rhinitis, an allergy, nephropathy, acute respiratory distress syndrome, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, pulmonary interstitial fibrosis, liver fibrosis, renal fibrosis, cystic fibrosis, wound-healing or burn-healing.
12. A method for treating or preventing a disease responsive to JNK inhibition, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a pharmaceutically effective amount of a compound having the structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
wherein R0 is —O—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2— or —CH2—;
the compound being (i) unsubstituted, (ii) monosubstituted and having a first substituent, or (iii) disubstituted and having a first substituent and a second substituent;
the first or second substituent, when present, being at the 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, or 10 position;
wherein the first and second substituent, when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene, or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl.
13. A method for treating or preventing AIDS dementia complex, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a pharmaceutically effective amount of a compound having the structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
wherein R0 is —O—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2— or —CH2—;
the compound being (i) unsubstituted, (ii) monosubstituted and having a first substituent, or (iii) disubstituted and having a first substituent and a second substituent;
the first or second substituent, when present, being at the 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, or 10 position;
wherein the first and second substituent, when present, are independently alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkoxy, mono-alkylaminoalkoxy, di-alkylaminoalkoxy, or a group represented by formula (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):
wherein R3 and R4 are taken together and represent alkylidene or a heteroatom-containing alkylidene, or R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminoalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl; and
R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, amino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, cycloalkylamino, cycloalkylalkylamino, aminoalkyl, mono-alkylaminioalkyl, or di-alkylaminoalkyl.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US10/407,107 US20040092562A1 (en) | 2001-02-15 | 2003-04-04 | Methods for treating inflammatory conditions or inhibiting JNK |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US26901301P | 2001-02-15 | 2001-02-15 | |
US10/071,390 US6987184B2 (en) | 2001-02-15 | 2002-02-07 | Isothiazoloanthrones, isoxazoloanthrones, isoindolanthrones and derivatives thereof as JNK inhibitors and compositions and methods related |
US10/407,107 US20040092562A1 (en) | 2001-02-15 | 2003-04-04 | Methods for treating inflammatory conditions or inhibiting JNK |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/071,390 Continuation-In-Part US6987184B2 (en) | 2001-02-15 | 2002-02-07 | Isothiazoloanthrones, isoxazoloanthrones, isoindolanthrones and derivatives thereof as JNK inhibitors and compositions and methods related |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20040092562A1 true US20040092562A1 (en) | 2004-05-13 |
Family
ID=26752159
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/071,390 Expired - Fee Related US6987184B2 (en) | 2001-02-15 | 2002-02-07 | Isothiazoloanthrones, isoxazoloanthrones, isoindolanthrones and derivatives thereof as JNK inhibitors and compositions and methods related |
US10/407,107 Abandoned US20040092562A1 (en) | 2001-02-15 | 2003-04-04 | Methods for treating inflammatory conditions or inhibiting JNK |
US11/159,592 Expired - Fee Related US7354947B2 (en) | 2001-02-15 | 2005-06-22 | Isothiazoloanthrones, isoxazoloanthrones, isoindolanthrones and derivatives thereof a JNK inhibitors and compositions and methods related thereto |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/071,390 Expired - Fee Related US6987184B2 (en) | 2001-02-15 | 2002-02-07 | Isothiazoloanthrones, isoxazoloanthrones, isoindolanthrones and derivatives thereof as JNK inhibitors and compositions and methods related |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/159,592 Expired - Fee Related US7354947B2 (en) | 2001-02-15 | 2005-06-22 | Isothiazoloanthrones, isoxazoloanthrones, isoindolanthrones and derivatives thereof a JNK inhibitors and compositions and methods related thereto |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US6987184B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP1363891A2 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2004526711A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2438312A1 (en) |
NZ (1) | NZ528034A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2002066450A2 (en) |
Cited By (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2005074921A1 (en) * | 2004-02-09 | 2005-08-18 | University Of Zurich | Treatment of atherosclerosis |
US20050266391A1 (en) * | 2004-01-15 | 2005-12-01 | Bennett Brydon L | Methods for preserving tissue |
EP1676574A2 (en) | 2004-12-30 | 2006-07-05 | Johnson & Johnson Vision Care, Inc. | Methods for promoting survival of transplanted tissues and cells |
US20070149786A1 (en) * | 2004-03-10 | 2007-06-28 | Japan Science And Technology Agency | Polycyclic ketone compound and process for producing the same |
US20070190042A1 (en) * | 2005-12-29 | 2007-08-16 | Edinger James W | Composition for collecting and preserving placental stem cells and methods of using the composition |
US20070270448A1 (en) * | 2003-11-06 | 2007-11-22 | Celgene Corporation | Methods of Using and Compositions Comprising a Jnk Inhibitor for the Treatment and Management of Asbestos-Related Diseases and Disorders |
US20100183571A1 (en) * | 2005-10-13 | 2010-07-22 | Anthrogenesis Corporation | Treatment of multiple sclerosis using placental stem cells |
US8460650B2 (en) | 2007-02-12 | 2013-06-11 | Anthrogenesis Corporation | Treatment of inflammatory diseases using placental stem cells |
US8501812B2 (en) | 2005-03-29 | 2013-08-06 | University Of Massachusetts | Therapeutic methods for type I diabetes |
WO2017019875A1 (en) * | 2015-07-28 | 2017-02-02 | Beta Cat Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Anthracene-9, 10-dione dioxime compounds prodrugs and their uses |
Families Citing this family (19)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7390797B2 (en) | 2002-02-28 | 2008-06-24 | Eisai Co., Ltd. | Fused indazole compounds |
WO2003087333A2 (en) * | 2002-04-12 | 2003-10-23 | Celgene Corporation | Modulation of stem and progenitor cell differentiation, assays, and uses thereof |
US20040034084A1 (en) * | 2002-05-24 | 2004-02-19 | Celgene Corporation | Methods for using JNK inhibitors for treating or preventing disease-related wasting |
KR20050008757A (en) * | 2002-05-30 | 2005-01-21 | 셀진 코포레이션 | Methods of using jnk or mkk inhibitors to modulate cell differentiation and to treat myeloproliferative disorders and myelodysplastic syndromes |
US20040087642A1 (en) * | 2002-10-24 | 2004-05-06 | Zeldis Jerome B. | Methods of using and compositions comprising a JNK inhibitor for the treatment, prevention, management and/or modification of pain |
AU2003294311B8 (en) * | 2002-11-18 | 2008-06-05 | Celgene Corporation | Method of using and compositions comprising (+)-3-(3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-3-(1-oxo-1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-yl)-propionamide |
WO2004054501A2 (en) * | 2002-11-18 | 2004-07-01 | Celgene Corporation | Methods of usig and compositions comprising (-)-3-(3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-3-(1-oxo-1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-yl)-propionamide |
US20040171147A1 (en) * | 2002-11-26 | 2004-09-02 | Hariri Robert J. | Cytotherapeutics, cytotherapeutic units and methods for treatments using them |
US20050019366A1 (en) * | 2002-12-31 | 2005-01-27 | Zeldis Jerome B. | Drug-coated stents and methods of use therefor |
AU2004212009B2 (en) * | 2003-02-13 | 2010-07-29 | Celularity Inc. | Use of umbilical cord blood to treat individuals having a disease, disorder or condition |
AU2004296765B2 (en) * | 2003-12-02 | 2011-03-24 | Celgene Corporation | Methods and compositions for the treatment and management of hemoglobinopathy and anemia |
WO2006090698A1 (en) * | 2005-02-22 | 2006-08-31 | Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Kinase inhibitor and use thereof |
JP2009526778A (en) * | 2006-02-13 | 2009-07-23 | カウンシル オブ サイエンティフィク アンド インダストリアル リサーチ | Bis-pyrrolo [2,1-c] [1,4] benzodiazepine-anthraquinone conjugate as antitumor agent and method for producing the same |
WO2008121387A1 (en) * | 2007-03-30 | 2008-10-09 | University Of Miami | Substituted triazine compounds for nerve regeneration |
US8133861B2 (en) * | 2008-02-29 | 2012-03-13 | Alseres Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Systemic purine administration: modulating axonal outgrowth of central nervous system neurons |
US8362020B2 (en) | 2009-12-30 | 2013-01-29 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Hepatitis C virus inhibitors |
CN103154716B (en) * | 2010-07-26 | 2016-08-10 | 赛诺瓦系统股份有限公司 | Analyte sensor |
WO2012092485A1 (en) | 2010-12-31 | 2012-07-05 | Anthrogenesis Corporation | Enhancement of placental stem cell potency using modulatory rna molecules |
EP3443968A1 (en) | 2011-06-01 | 2019-02-20 | Celularity, Inc. | Treatment of pain using placental stem cells |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3095415A (en) * | 1958-05-30 | 1963-06-25 | Ciba Ltd | Anthraquinone dyestuffs containing a 2-chloro, 4-hydroxy (lower) alkylamino, triazinylamino group |
US3522263A (en) * | 1965-08-16 | 1970-07-28 | Sandoz Ag | Disperse dyes of the (1,9)-isothiazolanthrone series |
US6162613A (en) * | 1998-02-18 | 2000-12-19 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for designing inhibitors of serine/threonine-kinases and tyrosine kinases |
US6670181B2 (en) * | 1996-10-10 | 2003-12-30 | Virionyx Corporation | Compositions and methods for treating viral infections |
Family Cites Families (20)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2733976A (en) * | 1956-02-07 | Sulfonateds-acylamino | ||
GB355597A (en) | 1929-11-12 | 1931-08-27 | Ig Farbenindustrie Ag | Manufacture of carboxylic acid derivatives of the anthraquinone series |
DE1026315B (en) * | 1954-08-17 | 1958-03-20 | Bayer Ag | Process for the preparation of acylamino-amino-anthraquinones |
DE1164003B (en) * | 1961-08-05 | 1964-02-27 | Bayer Ag | Process for the preparation of anthraquinone dyes |
GB960235A (en) * | 1961-08-08 | 1964-06-10 | Ici Ltd | New disperse dyestuffs of the polycyclic ketone series |
CH538528A (en) | 1968-11-07 | 1973-06-30 | Hoechst Ag | Dyestuffs for natural and synthetic fibres |
DE2200127A1 (en) | 1972-01-03 | 1973-07-12 | Basf Ag | PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF DICHLORO 1,1'-DIANTHRAQUINONYLENE AND DERIVATIVES |
DE2558813C2 (en) | 1975-12-27 | 1984-10-31 | Hoechst Ag, 6230 Frankfurt | Photosensitive mixture with a synergistic initiator system |
DE2558812C2 (en) * | 1975-12-27 | 1987-04-30 | Hoechst Ag, 6230 Frankfurt | Photopolymerizable mixture |
US4198518A (en) | 1977-09-02 | 1980-04-15 | Ciba-Geigy Corporation | Process for the production of 3-substituted pyrazolanthrones |
DE2950876A1 (en) * | 1979-12-18 | 1981-06-25 | Bayer Ag, 5090 Leverkusen | METHOD FOR PRODUCING TRIAZINYLAMINO ANTHRACHINONS |
JPS6028454A (en) * | 1983-07-27 | 1985-02-13 | Mitsubishi Chem Ind Ltd | Reactive anthrone-based dye |
JPH0625311B2 (en) | 1985-07-09 | 1994-04-06 | 住友化学工業株式会社 | Dispersion type water-insoluble dye composition |
ATE212552T1 (en) | 1998-04-17 | 2002-02-15 | Tufts College | MAP KINASE INHIBITORS FOR THE TREATMENT OF TNF-ALPHA INDUCED LIPOLYSIS CAUSED DISEASES |
JP2002513562A (en) | 1998-05-04 | 2002-05-14 | バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド | Crystallizable JNK complex |
AU760039B2 (en) | 1998-12-17 | 2003-05-08 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | 4-aryloxindoles as inhibitors of JNK protein kinases |
AU4483000A (en) | 1999-04-23 | 2000-11-10 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Inhibitors of c-jun n-terminal kinases (jnk) |
WO2000075118A1 (en) | 1999-06-03 | 2000-12-14 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | INHIBITORS OF c-JUN N-TERMINAL KINASES (JNK) |
BR0013551A (en) | 1999-08-13 | 2003-06-17 | Vertex Pharma | Inhibitors of cjun (jnk) n-terminal kinases and other protein kinases |
EP1390052A4 (en) | 2001-04-24 | 2008-10-08 | Harvard College | Inhibition of jun kinase |
-
2002
- 2002-02-07 US US10/071,390 patent/US6987184B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2002-02-13 CA CA002438312A patent/CA2438312A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2002-02-13 WO PCT/US2002/004283 patent/WO2002066450A2/en active IP Right Grant
- 2002-02-13 EP EP02720975A patent/EP1363891A2/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2002-02-13 JP JP2002565966A patent/JP2004526711A/en active Pending
- 2002-02-13 NZ NZ528034A patent/NZ528034A/en unknown
-
2003
- 2003-04-04 US US10/407,107 patent/US20040092562A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2005
- 2005-06-22 US US11/159,592 patent/US7354947B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3095415A (en) * | 1958-05-30 | 1963-06-25 | Ciba Ltd | Anthraquinone dyestuffs containing a 2-chloro, 4-hydroxy (lower) alkylamino, triazinylamino group |
US3522263A (en) * | 1965-08-16 | 1970-07-28 | Sandoz Ag | Disperse dyes of the (1,9)-isothiazolanthrone series |
US6670181B2 (en) * | 1996-10-10 | 2003-12-30 | Virionyx Corporation | Compositions and methods for treating viral infections |
US6162613A (en) * | 1998-02-18 | 2000-12-19 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for designing inhibitors of serine/threonine-kinases and tyrosine kinases |
Cited By (20)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8753883B2 (en) | 2002-02-13 | 2014-06-17 | Anthrogenesis Corporation | Treatment of psoriasis using placental stem cells |
US20070270448A1 (en) * | 2003-11-06 | 2007-11-22 | Celgene Corporation | Methods of Using and Compositions Comprising a Jnk Inhibitor for the Treatment and Management of Asbestos-Related Diseases and Disorders |
US20050266391A1 (en) * | 2004-01-15 | 2005-12-01 | Bennett Brydon L | Methods for preserving tissue |
WO2005074921A1 (en) * | 2004-02-09 | 2005-08-18 | University Of Zurich | Treatment of atherosclerosis |
US7893275B2 (en) | 2004-03-10 | 2011-02-22 | Japan Science And Technology Agency | Polycyclic ketone compound and process for producing the same |
US20070149786A1 (en) * | 2004-03-10 | 2007-06-28 | Japan Science And Technology Agency | Polycyclic ketone compound and process for producing the same |
EP1676574A2 (en) | 2004-12-30 | 2006-07-05 | Johnson & Johnson Vision Care, Inc. | Methods for promoting survival of transplanted tissues and cells |
US8501812B2 (en) | 2005-03-29 | 2013-08-06 | University Of Massachusetts | Therapeutic methods for type I diabetes |
US20150313881A1 (en) * | 2005-03-29 | 2015-11-05 | University Of Massachusetts | Therapeutic Methods for Type I Diabetes |
US8216566B2 (en) | 2005-10-13 | 2012-07-10 | Anthrogenesis Corporation | Treatment of multiple sclerosis using placental stem cells |
US20100183571A1 (en) * | 2005-10-13 | 2010-07-22 | Anthrogenesis Corporation | Treatment of multiple sclerosis using placental stem cells |
US8895256B2 (en) | 2005-10-13 | 2014-11-25 | Anthrogenesis Corporation | Immunomodulation using placental stem cells |
US9539288B2 (en) | 2005-10-13 | 2017-01-10 | Anthrogenesis Corporation | Immunomodulation using placental stem cells |
US20070190042A1 (en) * | 2005-12-29 | 2007-08-16 | Edinger James W | Composition for collecting and preserving placental stem cells and methods of using the composition |
US9598669B2 (en) | 2005-12-29 | 2017-03-21 | Anthrogenesis Corporation | Composition for collecting placental stem cells and methods of using the composition |
US9725694B2 (en) | 2005-12-29 | 2017-08-08 | Anthrogenesis Corporation | Composition for collecting and preserving placental stem cells and methods of using the composition |
US8460650B2 (en) | 2007-02-12 | 2013-06-11 | Anthrogenesis Corporation | Treatment of inflammatory diseases using placental stem cells |
US8916146B2 (en) | 2007-02-12 | 2014-12-23 | Anthrogenesis Corporation | Treatment of inflammatory diseases using placental stem cells |
WO2017019875A1 (en) * | 2015-07-28 | 2017-02-02 | Beta Cat Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Anthracene-9, 10-dione dioxime compounds prodrugs and their uses |
CN108137446A (en) * | 2015-07-28 | 2018-06-08 | 贝塔卡特药业有限公司 | Anthracene -9,10- dione dioxime compound prodrug and application thereof |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US7354947B2 (en) | 2008-04-08 |
US6987184B2 (en) | 2006-01-17 |
JP2004526711A (en) | 2004-09-02 |
WO2002066450A3 (en) | 2002-12-05 |
WO2002066450A2 (en) | 2002-08-29 |
US20030073732A1 (en) | 2003-04-17 |
EP1363891A2 (en) | 2003-11-26 |
US20060004080A1 (en) | 2006-01-05 |
CA2438312A1 (en) | 2002-08-29 |
NZ528034A (en) | 2005-12-23 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US7354947B2 (en) | Isothiazoloanthrones, isoxazoloanthrones, isoindolanthrones and derivatives thereof a JNK inhibitors and compositions and methods related thereto | |
US7560462B2 (en) | Compounds useful for inhibiting CHK1 | |
US20050009876A1 (en) | Indazole compounds, compositions thereof and methods of treatment therewith | |
KR100919905B1 (en) | Compounds and compositions as protein kinase inhibitors | |
KR102155559B1 (en) | Bifluorodioxalane-amino-benzimidazole kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer, autoimmune inflammation and cns disorders | |
US20090192204A1 (en) | N-(2-thiazolyl)-amide derivatives as gsk-3 inhibitors | |
KR20010085984A (en) | 2-Ureido-thiazole derivatives, process for their preparation, and their use as antitumor agents | |
US20080306063A1 (en) | Phenylamino isothiazole carboxamidines as mek inhibitors | |
SK2082002A3 (en) | 3(5)-ureido-pyrazole derivatives, process for their preparation and their use as antitumor agents | |
BRPI0716914A2 (en) | COMPOUND, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, PACKAGED PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION AND ITS USES, METHOD FOR TREATING A PATIENT SUFFERING FROM A DISEASE RESPONSIBLE FOR BTK ACTIVITY OR DISEASES, ALAN DISORDERS, CHILD DISEASES, METHOD FOR REDUCING MEDICATION ERROR AND IMPROVING THERAPEUTIC COMPLIANCE WITH A PATIENT DISEASE RESPONSE AND METHODS TO INHIBIT ATP HYDROLYSIS, TO DETERMINE INTENSE TO A PRESENCE BE CELL ACTIVITY TO INCREASE SENSITIVITY OF CANCERYGEN CELLS TO CHEMOTHERAPY. | |
KR20060025131A (en) | Methods for treating or preventing an inflammatory or metabolic condition by inhibiting jnk | |
US7335676B2 (en) | Methods for treating inflammatory conditions or inhibiting JNK | |
WO2001012609A1 (en) | Pyrazoloanthrone and derivatives thereof as jnk inhibitors and their compositions | |
US20080227783A1 (en) | 5-Substituted Thiazol-2-Yl Amino Compounds and Compositions as Protein Kinase Inhibitors | |
JP2007500183A (en) | 3,5-disubstituted indazole compounds, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of mediating or inhibiting cell proliferation | |
ES2547072T3 (en) | Heteroaryl benzamides, compositions and methods of use | |
US20220204482A1 (en) | Compounds and methods for treating cancer | |
US7119114B1 (en) | Pyrazoloanthrone and derivatives thereof as JNK inhibitors and compositions and methods related thereto | |
AU2002251936B2 (en) | Anthrone derivatives and their use as ink inhibitors | |
Ullah et al. | Synthesis, in vitro acetylcholinesterase, butyrylcholinesterase activities and in silico molecular docking study of thiazole-thiourea hybrid derivatives | |
US20180305331A1 (en) | Pyridone derivatives and their use as kinase inhibitors | |
AU2002251936A1 (en) | Anthrone derivatives and their use as ink inhibitors | |
JP2018531266A6 (en) | Pyridone derivatives and their use as kinase inhibitors |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: SIGNAL PHARMACEUTICALS, LLC, CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:SAKATA, STEVEN T.;RAYMON, HEATHER K.;REEL/FRAME:014904/0725 Effective date: 20040109 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |